TW201809815A - Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device - Google Patents

Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201809815A
TW201809815A TW105138109A TW105138109A TW201809815A TW 201809815 A TW201809815 A TW 201809815A TW 105138109 A TW105138109 A TW 105138109A TW 105138109 A TW105138109 A TW 105138109A TW 201809815 A TW201809815 A TW 201809815A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
region
film
display
light
area
Prior art date
Application number
TW105138109A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Shunpei Yamazaki
Shingo Eguchi
Hisao Ikeda
Daisuke Kubota
Fumito Isaka
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Energy Lab
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Energy Lab filed Critical Semiconductor Energy Lab
Publication of TW201809815A publication Critical patent/TW201809815A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
    • G06F3/0443Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means using a single layer of sensing electrodes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/136Liquid crystal cells structurally associated with a semi-conducting layer or substrate, e.g. cells forming part of an integrated circuit
    • G02F1/1362Active matrix addressed cells
    • G02F1/1368Active matrix addressed cells in which the switching element is a three-electrode device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/302Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements characterised by the form or geometrical disposition of the individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/46Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character is selected from a number of characters arranged one behind the other
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/044Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
    • G06F3/0446Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means using a grid-like structure of electrodes in at least two directions, e.g. using row and column electrodes

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a novel display panel having excellent convenience or reliability. This display panel has pixels, and each of the pixels is provided with an optical element, a coating film, a first display element, and a second display element. The optical element is provided with translucency, and a first region, a second region, and a third region, the first region includes a region supplied with visible light, the second region includes a region in contact with the coating film, and the third region is provided with a function of outputting a part of the visible light, and an area equal to or smaller than that of the region supplied with the visible light, said region being a part of the first region. The coating film is provided with reflectivity with respect to the visible light, and functions of reflecting a part of the visible light, and supplying the part of the visible light to the third region, the first display element is provided with a reflecting film, and a function of controlling light reflected by the reflecting film, said reflecting film being provided with a shape, with which the light outputted from the third region of the optical element is not blocked, and the second display element is provided with a function of supplying the visible light.

Description

顯示面板、顯示裝置、輸入輸出裝置、資料處理裝置 Display panel, display device, input / output device, data processing device

本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種顯示面板、顯示裝置、輸入輸出裝置或資料處理裝置。 One embodiment of the present invention relates to a display panel, a display device, an input / output device, or a data processing device.

本發明的一個實施方式不侷限於上述技術領域。本說明書等所公開的發明的一個實施方式的技術領域係關於一種物體、方法或製造方法。另外,本發明的一個實施方式係關於一種製程(process)、機器(machine)、產品(manufacture)或者組合物(composition of matter)。由此,更明確而言,作為本說明書所公開的本發明的一個實施方式的技術領域的例子可以舉出半導體裝置、顯示裝置、發光裝置、蓄電裝置、記憶體裝置、這些裝置的驅動方法或者這些裝置的製造方法。 An embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field. The technical field of an embodiment of the invention disclosed in this specification and the like relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method. In addition, an embodiment of the present invention relates to a process, a machine, a product, or a composition of matter. Therefore, more specifically, examples of the technical field of one embodiment of the present invention disclosed in the present specification include a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a memory device, a driving method of these devices, or Manufacturing methods of these devices.

已知有具有如下結構的液晶顯示裝置:在基板的同一側設置聚光單元及像素電極,在聚光單元的光軸上重疊地設置像素電極的使可見光透過的區域。還已知有具有如下結構的液晶顯示裝置:使用具有聚光方向X及非聚光方向Y的各向異性的聚光單元,使非聚光方向Y對 應於像素電極的使可見光透過的區域的長軸方向(專利文獻1)。 A liquid crystal display device having a structure is known in which a light-condensing unit and a pixel electrode are provided on the same side of a substrate, and a region where the pixel electrode transmits visible light is provided on the optical axis of the light-condensing unit in an overlapping manner. There is also known a liquid crystal display device having a structure in which an anisotropic light-concentrating unit having a light-concentrating direction X and a non-light-concentrating direction Y is used to make the non-light-concentrating direction Y pair It corresponds to the long axis direction of a region where the pixel electrode transmits visible light (Patent Document 1).

已知有如下結構:在一個像素中,設置反射經過液晶層而入射的光而進行顯示的區域(反射區域)和透過來自背光的光而進行顯示的區域(透過區域),並且,可以利用作為照明光源使用外光的反射模式和作為照明光源使用背光的透過模式的兩個模式進行影像顯示(專利文獻2)。此外,在一個像素中設置有分別連接到不同的像素電極層的兩個電晶體,並且,藉由使兩個電晶體分別工作,可以獨立控制反射區域的顯示和透過區域的顯示。 A structure is known in which a pixel is provided with a region (reflection region) that reflects light incident through the liquid crystal layer for display and a region (transmission region) that transmits light from backlight, and can be used as The illumination light source performs image display using two modes: a reflection mode of external light and a transmission mode using a backlight as the illumination light source (Patent Document 2). In addition, two transistors which are respectively connected to different pixel electrode layers are provided in one pixel, and by operating the two transistors separately, the display of the reflection region and the display of the transmission region can be controlled independently.

[專利文獻1]日本專利申請公開第2011-191750號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-191750

[專利文獻2]日本專利申請公開第2011-154356號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-154356

本發明的一個實施方式的目的之一是:提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板;提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置;提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出裝置;提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的資料處理裝置;提供一種新穎的顯示面板、新穎的顯示裝置、新穎的輸入輸出裝置、新穎的資料 處理裝置或新穎的半導體裝置。 One of the objectives of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel display panel with excellent convenience or reliability; provide a novel display device with excellent convenience or reliability; provide a novel display with excellent convenience or reliability I / O device; provide a novel data processing device with excellent convenience or reliability; provide a novel display panel, novel display device, novel input / output device, novel data Processing device or novel semiconductor device.

注意,上述目的的記載不妨礙其他目的的存在。本發明的一個實施方式並不一定需要達到所有上述目的。上述以外的目的是可以從說明書、圖式、申請專利範圍等的記載中自然得知並衍生出來的。 Note that the description of the above purpose does not prevent the existence of other purposes. It is not necessary for an embodiment of the present invention to achieve all the above-mentioned objects. Purposes other than the above can be naturally known and derived from the description of the description, drawings, patent application scope, and so on.

(1)本發明的一個實施方式是一種包括像素的顯示面板。像素包括光學元件、覆蓋膜、第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件。 (1) One embodiment of the present invention is a display panel including pixels. The pixel includes an optical element, a cover film, a first display element, and a second display element.

光學元件具有透光性,光學元件包括第一區域、第二區域及第三區域。第一區域包括被供應可見光的區域,第二區域包括與覆蓋膜接觸的區域,第三區域具有射出該可見光的一部分的功能,第三區域具有第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的面積以下的面積。 The optical element is translucent, and the optical element includes a first region, a second region, and a third region. The first region includes a region to which visible light is supplied, the second region includes a region in contact with the cover film, the third region has a function of emitting a part of the visible light, and the third region has area.

覆蓋膜對可見光具有反射性,覆蓋膜具有反射可見光的一部分而將其供應到第三區域的功能。 The cover film is reflective to visible light, and the cover film has a function of reflecting a part of the visible light and supplying it to the third region.

第一顯示元件包括反射膜,第一顯示元件具有控制反射膜所反射的光的功能,反射膜具有不遮斷光學元件的第三區域所射出的光的形狀。 The first display element includes a reflective film. The first display element has a function of controlling light reflected by the reflective film, and the reflective film has a shape that does not block light emitted from the third region of the optical element.

第二顯示元件具有供應可見光的功能。 The second display element has a function of supplying visible light.

由此,藉由使用第一顯示元件控制反射膜所反射的光的強度,可以進行顯示。或者,藉由使用第二顯示元件,可以補充使用第一顯示元件的顯示。或者,可以將供應到第一區域的可見光高效地從第三區域射出。或者,可以集聚供應到第一區域的光而將該光從第三區域射 出。例如,在作為第二顯示元件使用有機EL元件的情況下,可以使有機EL元件的面積大於第三區域的面積。或者,可以將其面積大於第三區域的有機EL元件所供應的光集聚在第三區域中。或者,可以在保持第三區域所射出的光的強度的同時減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 This makes it possible to perform display by controlling the intensity of light reflected by the reflective film using the first display element. Alternatively, by using the second display element, the display using the first display element can be supplemented. Alternatively, the visible light supplied to the first region can be efficiently emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the light supplied to the first area may be collected and emitted from the third area Out. For example, when an organic EL element is used as the second display element, the area of the organic EL element can be made larger than that of the third region. Alternatively, light supplied from an organic EL element having an area larger than that of the third region may be concentrated in the third region. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element while maintaining the intensity of the light emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(2)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中光學元件包括光軸。光軸穿過第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的中心及第三區域的中心。另外,第二區域包括對與光軸正交的平面具有45°以上的傾斜度的傾斜部。 (2) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel, wherein the optical element includes an optical axis. The optical axis passes through the center of the first region to which the visible light is supplied and the center of the third region. The second region includes an inclined portion having an inclination of 45 ° or more with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis.

(3)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中第二區域將傾斜部包括在離第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的端部有0.05μm以上且0.2μm以下的範圍內。 (3) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the display panel described above, wherein the second region includes the inclined portion within a range of 0.05 μm or more and 0.2 μm or less from an end portion of the region to which the visible light is supplied in the first region.

(4)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中第一區域的被供應可見光的區域具有大於像素的面積的10%的面積,第三區域具有像素的面積的10%以下的面積。另外,反射膜具有像素的面積的70%以上的面積,第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的面積與反射膜的面積之和大於像素的面積。 (4) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel, wherein a region to which visible light is supplied in the first region has an area larger than 10% of the area of the pixel, and the third region has an area smaller than 10% of the area of the pixel . In addition, the reflective film has an area of more than 70% of the area of the pixel, and the sum of the area of the first region to which visible light is supplied and the area of the reflective film is greater than the area of the pixel.

由此,第二區域可以集聚以各種角度入射到第一區域的光。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性 優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, the second region can collect light incident on the first region at various angles. As a result, a convenience or reliability can be provided Excellent novel display panel.

(5)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中第二區域包含透光材料。透光材料具有1.3以上且2.5以下的折射率。另外,覆蓋膜包括透光膜,透光膜包括與第二區域接觸的區域,並且透光膜具有低於第二區域的折射率。 (5) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel, wherein the second region includes a light-transmitting material. The light-transmitting material has a refractive index of 1.3 or more and 2.5 or less. In addition, the cover film includes a light-transmitting film, the light-transmitting film includes a region in contact with the second region, and the light-transmitting film has a lower refractive index than the second region.

(6)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中覆蓋膜包括金屬膜。 (6) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel, wherein the cover film includes a metal film.

由此,覆蓋膜可以高效地反射光。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 This allows the cover film to efficiently reflect light. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(7)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中第一區域具有向第三區域彎曲的形狀。 (7) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the display panel described above, wherein the first region has a shape curved toward the third region.

(8)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中第一區域具有向離第三區域遠的方向彎曲的形狀。 (8) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel, wherein the first region has a shape curved in a direction away from the third region.

由此,可以擴大第一區域的面積而不擴大相對於與光軸正交的平面的投影面積。或者,可以擴大沿著第一區域形成的第二顯示元件的面積而不擴大相對於與光軸正交的平面的投影面積。或者,可以在保持與相鄰的第二顯示元件之間的間隔的同時擴大第二顯示元件的面積。例如,在作為第二顯示元件使用有機EL元件的情況下,可以使有機EL元件的面積大於第三區域的面積。或者,可以將其面積大於第三區域的有機EL元件所供應的光集 聚在第三區域中。或者,可以在保持第三區域所射出的光的強度的同時減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。或者,可以容易製造以發光顏色不同的有機EL元件相鄰的方式配置的顯示面板。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, the area of the first region can be enlarged without increasing the projection area with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis. Alternatively, the area of the second display element formed along the first region can be enlarged without increasing the projection area with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis. Alternatively, the area of the second display element may be enlarged while maintaining the interval with the adjacent second display element. For example, when an organic EL element is used as the second display element, the area of the organic EL element can be made larger than that of the third region. Alternatively, the light supplied by the organic EL element having an area larger than that of the third region may be collected Gathered in the third area. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element while maintaining the intensity of the light emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. Alternatively, it is possible to easily manufacture a display panel in which organic EL elements having different emission colors are arranged adjacent to each other. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(9)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是包括透鏡的上述顯示面板。 (9) An embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel including a lens.

透鏡包括夾在光學元件與第二顯示元件之間的區域,透鏡包含具有1.3以上且2.5以下的折射率的材料,並且透鏡為凸透鏡。 The lens includes a region sandwiched between the optical element and the second display element, the lens includes a material having a refractive index of 1.3 or more and 2.5 or less, and the lens is a convex lens.

由此,例如可以將第二顯示元件所射出的光向光學元件的光軸集聚。或者,可以高效地利用第二顯示元件所射出的光。或者,可以減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以擴大第二顯示元件的面積。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, for example, the light emitted from the second display element can be concentrated toward the optical axis of the optical element. Alternatively, the light emitted from the second display element can be efficiently used. Alternatively, the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element can be reduced. Alternatively, the area of the second display element can be enlarged. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(10)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述顯示面板,其中像素包括第一導電膜、第二導電膜、絕緣膜及像素電路。 (10) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the display panel described above, wherein the pixel includes a first conductive film, a second conductive film, an insulating film, and a pixel circuit.

絕緣膜包括夾在第一導電膜與第二導電膜之間的區域,絕緣膜包括開口部。 The insulating film includes a region sandwiched between the first conductive film and the second conductive film, and the insulating film includes an opening portion.

第一導電膜與第一顯示元件電連接。 The first conductive film is electrically connected to the first display element.

第二導電膜包括與第一導電膜重疊的區域, 第二導電膜藉由開口部與第一導電膜電連接,第二導電膜與像素電路電連接。 The second conductive film includes a region overlapping the first conductive film, The second conductive film is electrically connected to the first conductive film through the opening, and the second conductive film is electrically connected to the pixel circuit.

第二顯示元件與像素電路電連接,第二顯示元件具有向絕緣膜射出光的功能,並且第二顯示元件以在能夠看到使用第一顯示元件的顯示的範圍的一部分中能夠看到使用第二顯示元件的顯示的方式設置。 The second display element is electrically connected to the pixel circuit. The second display element has a function of emitting light to the insulating film, and the second display element can be used in a part of a range where the display using the first display element can be seen. Set the display mode of the two display elements.

(11)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是包括顯示區域的上述顯示面板。 (11) An embodiment of the present invention is the above-mentioned display panel including a display area.

顯示區域包括一組多個像素、另一組多個像素、掃描線及信號線。 The display area includes a set of multiple pixels, another set of multiple pixels, scan lines, and signal lines.

一組多個像素包括上述像素,一組多個像素配置在行方向上。 A group of multiple pixels includes the above-mentioned pixels, and a group of multiple pixels are arranged in the row direction.

另一組多個像素包括上述像素,另一組多個像素配置在與行方向交叉的列方向上。 The other plurality of pixels include the above-mentioned pixels, and the other plurality of pixels are arranged in a column direction crossing the row direction.

掃描線與一組多個像素電連接,信號線與另一組多個像素電連接。 The scan line is electrically connected to one group of multiple pixels, and the signal line is electrically connected to another group of multiple pixels.

由此,例如可以使用能夠藉由同一製程形成的像素電路驅動第一顯示元件及以與第一顯示元件不同的方法進行顯示的第二顯示元件。或者,可以使用絕緣膜抑制第一顯示元件與第二顯示元件之間或第一顯示元件與像素電路之間的雜質擴散。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 This makes it possible, for example, to use a pixel circuit formed by the same process to drive a first display element and a second display element that performs display using a method different from that of the first display element. Alternatively, an insulating film may be used to suppress the diffusion of impurities between the first display element and the second display element or between the first display element and the pixel circuit. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(12)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是一種包括上述顯示面板及控制部的顯示裝置。 (12) An embodiment of the present invention is a display device including the display panel and a control unit.

控制部具有被供應影像資料及控制資料的功能,控制部具有根據影像資料生成第一資料或第二資料的功能,控制部具有供應第一資料及第二資料的功能。 The control unit has a function of supplying the image data and the control data, the control unit has a function of generating the first data or the second data based on the image data, and the control unit has a function of supplying the first data and the second data.

顯示面板具有被供應第一資料及第二資料的功能。 The display panel has a function of being supplied with the first data and the second data.

第一顯示元件具有根據第一資料進行顯示的功能,第二顯示元件具有根據第二資料進行顯示的功能。 The first display element has a function of displaying according to the first data, and the second display element has a function of displaying according to the second data.

由此,可以使用第一顯示元件顯示影像資料。或者,可以使用第二顯示元件顯示影像資料。或者,可以以與使用第一顯示元件顯示的影像資料重疊的方式使用第二顯示元件顯示影像資料。或者,可以使用第二顯示元件補充使用第一顯示元件顯示的影像資料。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 Thereby, the image data can be displayed using the first display element. Alternatively, the second display element may be used to display the image data. Alternatively, the image data may be displayed using the second display element in a manner overlapping with the image data displayed using the first display element. Alternatively, the second display element may be used to supplement the image data displayed using the first display element. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

(13)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是一種包括輸入部及顯示部的輸入輸出裝置。 (13) An embodiment of the present invention is an input / output device including an input section and a display section.

顯示部包括上述顯示面板。 The display unit includes the display panel described above.

輸入部包括與顯示部重疊的區域,輸入部包括檢測區域,檢測區域包括檢測元件,並且,檢測元件具有檢測靠近重疊於像素的區域的物體的功能。 The input section includes a region overlapping the display section, the input section includes a detection region, the detection region includes a detection element, and the detection element has a function of detecting an object close to a region overlapping the pixel.

(14)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是上述輸入輸出裝置,其中檢測區域包括控制線及檢測信號線。 (14) In addition, one embodiment of the present invention is the input / output device described above, wherein the detection area includes a control line and a detection signal line.

控制線具有供應控制信號的功能,檢測信號線具有被供應檢測信號的功能。 The control line has a function of supplying a control signal, and the detection signal line has a function of being supplied with a detection signal.

檢測元件與控制線及檢測信號線電連接,檢 測元件具有供應根據與靠近重疊於像素的區域的物體之間的距離及控制信號變化的檢測信號的功能,檢測元件包括第一電極和第二電極。 The detection element is electrically connected to the control line and the detection signal line. The detection element has a function of supplying a detection signal that changes according to a distance from an object close to an area overlapping the pixel and a control signal. The detection element includes a first electrode and a second electrode.

第一電極在重疊於像素的區域中包括具有透光性的區域,第一電極與控制線電連接。 The first electrode includes a region having translucency in a region overlapping the pixel, and the first electrode is electrically connected to the control line.

第二電極在重疊於像素的區域中包括具有透光性的區域,第二電極與檢測信號線電連接,並且第二電極以在與第一電極之間形成電場的方式配置,該電場的一部分被靠近重疊於像素的區域的物體遮蔽。 The second electrode includes a light-transmitting region in a region overlapping the pixel, the second electrode is electrically connected to the detection signal line, and the second electrode is configured to form an electric field between the second electrode and the first electrode, and a part of the electric field Obscured by objects close to the area overlapping the pixels.

由此,可以在使用顯示部顯示影像資料的同時,檢測靠近與顯示部重疊的區域的物體。或者,可以將接近顯示部的手指等用作指示器而輸入位置資料。或者,可以使位置資料與顯示在顯示部上的影像資料相關聯。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出裝置。 This makes it possible to detect an object near an area overlapping the display portion while displaying the video data using the display portion. Alternatively, the position data may be input using a finger or the like close to the display section as a pointer. Alternatively, the position data may be associated with the image data displayed on the display section. As a result, it is possible to provide a novel input / output device excellent in convenience and reliability.

(15)另外,本發明的一個實施方式是一種資料處理裝置,包括:鍵盤、硬體按鈕、指向裝置、觸控感測器、照度感測器、攝像裝置、聲音輸入裝置、視點輸入裝置、姿態檢測裝置中的一個以上;以及上述顯示面板。 (15) In addition, an embodiment of the present invention is a data processing device including a keyboard, a hardware button, a pointing device, a touch sensor, an illuminance sensor, a camera device, a sound input device, a viewpoint input device, More than one of the attitude detection devices; and the above display panel.

由此,可以根據使用各種各樣的輸入裝置供應的資料在算術裝置中生成影像資料或控制資料。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的資料處理裝置。 Thereby, image data or control data can be generated in an arithmetic device based on data supplied using various input devices. As a result, it is possible to provide a novel data processing apparatus excellent in convenience and reliability.

在本說明書的圖式中,根據其功能對組件進行分類而示出為彼此獨立的方塊的方塊圖,但是,實際上的組件難以根據其功能完全劃分,而一個組件會涉及多個功能。 In the drawings of this specification, the components are classified according to their functions and shown as independent block diagrams. However, it is difficult to completely divide the actual components according to their functions, and one component may involve multiple functions.

在本說明書中,電晶體所具有的源極和汲極的名稱根據電晶體的極性及施加到各端子的電位的高低互相調換。一般而言,在n通道型電晶體中,將被施加低電位的端子稱為源極,而將被施加高電位的端子稱為汲極。另外,在p通道型電晶體中,將被施加低電位的端子稱為汲極,而將被施加高電位的端子稱為源極。在本說明書中,儘管為方便起見在一些情況下假定源極和汲極是固定的來描述電晶體的連接關係,但是實際上,源極和汲極的名稱根據上述電位關係而相互調換。 In this specification, the names of the source and the drain included in the transistor are interchanged according to the polarity of the transistor and the level of the potential applied to each terminal. Generally, in an n-channel transistor, a terminal to which a low potential is applied is referred to as a source, and a terminal to which a high potential is applied is referred to as a drain. In the p-channel transistor, a terminal to which a low potential is applied is referred to as a drain, and a terminal to which a high potential is applied is referred to as a source. In this specification, although the source and the drain are assumed to be fixed to describe the connection relationship of the transistor in some cases for convenience, in practice, the names of the source and the drain are interchanged according to the above-mentioned potential relationship.

在本說明書中,電晶體的源極是指用作活性層的半導體膜的一部分的源極區或與上述半導體膜連接的源極電極。與此同樣,電晶體的汲極是指上述半導體膜的一部分的汲極區或與上述半導體膜連接的汲極電極。另外,閘極是指閘極電極。 In this specification, the source of a transistor refers to a source region of a part of a semiconductor film used as an active layer or a source electrode connected to the semiconductor film. Similarly, the drain of a transistor refers to a drain region of a part of the semiconductor film or a drain electrode connected to the semiconductor film. The gate refers to a gate electrode.

在本說明書中,電晶體串聯連接的狀態是指例如第一電晶體的源極和汲極中只有一個只與第二電晶體的源極和汲極中的一個連接的狀態。另外,電晶體並聯連接的狀態是指第一電晶體的源極和汲極中的一個與第二電晶體的源極和汲極中的一個連接且第一電晶體的源極和汲極中的另一個與第二電晶體的源極和汲極中的另一個連接 的狀態。 In this specification, the state where the transistors are connected in series means, for example, a state in which only one of the source and the drain of the first transistor is connected to only one of the source and the drain of the second transistor. In addition, the state where the transistors are connected in parallel means that one of the source and the drain of the first transistor is connected to one of the source and the drain of the second transistor and the source and the drain of the first transistor are connected. The other is connected to the other of the source and the drain of the second transistor status.

在本說明書中,連接是指電連接,相當於能夠供應或傳送電流、電壓或電位的狀態。因此,連接狀態不一定必須是指直接連接的狀態,而在其範疇內還包括能夠供應或傳送電流、電壓或電位的藉由佈線、電阻、二極體、電晶體等的電路元件間接地連接的狀態。 In this specification, a connection means an electrical connection, and is equivalent to a state capable of supplying or transmitting a current, a voltage, or a potential. Therefore, the connection state does not necessarily mean a state of direct connection, but also includes indirectly connected circuit elements capable of supplying or transmitting current, voltage, or potential through wiring, resistors, diodes, transistors, etc. status.

即使在本說明中電路圖上獨立的組件彼此連接時,實際上也有一個導電膜兼具有多個組件的功能的情況,例如佈線的一部分用作電極的情況等。本說明書中的連接的範疇內包括這種一個導電膜兼具有多個組件的功能的情況。 Even when independent components on the circuit diagram are connected to each other in this description, there is actually a case where one conductive film has the functions of multiple components, such as a case where a part of the wiring is used as an electrode. The connection category in this specification includes a case where such a conductive film has functions of a plurality of components.

另外,在本說明書中,電晶體的第一電極和第二電極中的其中一個是源極電極,而另一個是汲極電極。 In addition, in this specification, one of the first electrode and the second electrode of the transistor is a source electrode, and the other is a drain electrode.

根據本發明的一個實施方式,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。此外,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。此外,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出裝置。此外,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的資料處理裝置。此外,可以提供一種新穎的顯示面板、新穎的顯示裝置、新穎的輸入輸出裝置、新穎的資料處理裝置或新穎的半導體裝置。 According to one embodiment of the present invention, a novel display panel having excellent convenience or reliability can be provided. In addition, a novel display device excellent in convenience or reliability can be provided. In addition, it is possible to provide a novel input / output device excellent in convenience or reliability. In addition, it is possible to provide a novel data processing device excellent in convenience or reliability. In addition, a novel display panel, a novel display device, a novel input / output device, a novel data processing device, or a novel semiconductor device can be provided.

注意,這些效果的記載不妨礙其他效果的存在。另外,本發明的一個實施方式並不一定需要具有所有 上述效果。上述以外的效果是可以從說明書、圖式、申請專利範圍等的記載中自然得知並衍生出來的。 Note that the description of these effects does not prevent the existence of other effects. In addition, one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily need to have all The above effect. Effects other than the above can be naturally known and derived from the description of the description, drawings, and scope of patent applications.

C(g)‧‧‧電極 C (g) ‧‧‧electrode

M(h)‧‧‧電極 M (h) ‧‧‧electrode

CL(g)‧‧‧控制線 CL (g) ‧‧‧Control line

ML(h)‧‧‧信號線 ML (h) ‧‧‧Signal cable

DC‧‧‧檢測電路 DC‧‧‧ Detection circuit

OSC‧‧‧振盪電路 OSC‧‧‧Oscillation circuit

P1‧‧‧位置資料 P1‧‧‧Location Information

BM‧‧‧遮光膜 BM‧‧‧Light-shielding film

SD‧‧‧驅動電路 SD‧‧‧Drive circuit

GD‧‧‧驅動電路 GD‧‧‧Drive circuit

GDA‧‧‧驅動電路 GDA‧‧‧Drive Circuit

GDB‧‧‧驅動電路 GDB‧‧‧Drive Circuit

CP‧‧‧導電材料 CP‧‧‧ conductive material

ANO‧‧‧導電膜 ANO‧‧‧Conductive film

BR(g,h)‧‧‧導電膜 BR (g, h) ‧‧‧Conductive film

SS‧‧‧控制資料 SS‧‧‧Control data

CSCOM‧‧‧佈線 CSCOM‧‧‧Wiring

ACF1‧‧‧導電材料 ACF1‧‧‧Conductive material

ACF2‧‧‧導電材料 ACF2‧‧‧Conductive material

AF1‧‧‧配向膜 AF1‧‧‧Alignment film

AF2‧‧‧配向膜 AF2‧‧‧Alignment film

C11‧‧‧電容器 C11‧‧‧Capacitor

C12‧‧‧電容器 C12‧‧‧Capacitor

CF1‧‧‧彩色膜 CF1‧‧‧color film

CF2‧‧‧彩色膜 CF2‧‧‧color film

G1(i)‧‧‧掃描線 G1 (i) ‧‧‧scan line

G2(i)‧‧‧掃描線 G2 (i) ‧‧‧scan line

KB1‧‧‧結構體 KB1‧‧‧ Structure

KB2‧‧‧結構體 KB2‧‧‧ Structure

S1‧‧‧檢測資料 S1‧‧‧testing data

S1(j)‧‧‧信號線 S1 (j) ‧‧‧Signal cable

S2(j)‧‧‧信號線 S2 (j) ‧‧‧ signal line

SD1‧‧‧驅動電路 SD1‧‧‧Drive Circuit

SD2‧‧‧驅動電路 SD2‧‧‧Drive Circuit

SW1‧‧‧開關 SW1‧‧‧Switch

SW2‧‧‧開關 SW2‧‧‧Switch

V1‧‧‧影像資料 V1‧‧‧Image data

V11‧‧‧資料 V11‧‧‧ Information

V12‧‧‧資料 V12‧‧‧ Information

VCOM1‧‧‧佈線 VCOM1‧‧‧Wiring

VCOM2‧‧‧導電膜 VCOM2‧‧‧ conductive film

FPC1‧‧‧軟性印刷電路板 FPC1‧‧‧Flexible printed circuit board

FPC2‧‧‧軟性印刷電路板 FPC2‧‧‧Flexible printed circuit board

10‧‧‧單元 10‧‧‧Unit

20‧‧‧單元 20‧‧‧Unit

30‧‧‧輸入單元 30‧‧‧ input unit

200‧‧‧資料處理裝置 200‧‧‧ data processing device

210‧‧‧算術裝置 210‧‧‧ Arithmetic Device

211‧‧‧算術部 211‧‧‧Arithmetic Department

212‧‧‧記憶部 212‧‧‧Memory Department

214‧‧‧傳輸路徑 214‧‧‧Transmission path

215‧‧‧輸入輸出介面 215‧‧‧Input and output interface

220‧‧‧輸入輸出裝置 220‧‧‧I / O device

230‧‧‧顯示部 230‧‧‧Display

231‧‧‧顯示區域 231‧‧‧display area

234‧‧‧延伸電路 234‧‧‧Extended circuit

235M‧‧‧影像處理電路 235M‧‧‧Image Processing Circuit

235M(1)‧‧‧區域 235M (1) ‧‧‧area

235M(2)‧‧‧區域 235M (2) ‧‧‧area

238‧‧‧控制部 238‧‧‧Control Department

240‧‧‧輸入部 240‧‧‧Input Department

241‧‧‧檢測區域 241‧‧‧detection area

250‧‧‧檢測部 250‧‧‧Testing Department

290‧‧‧通訊部 290‧‧‧Ministry of Communications

501B‧‧‧絕緣膜 501B‧‧‧Insulation film

501C‧‧‧絕緣膜 501C‧‧‧Insulation film

504‧‧‧導電膜 504‧‧‧Conductive film

505‧‧‧接合層 505‧‧‧Joint layer

506‧‧‧絕緣膜 506‧‧‧Insulation film

508‧‧‧半導體膜 508‧‧‧semiconductor film

508A‧‧‧區域 508A‧‧‧area

508B‧‧‧區域 508B‧‧‧area

508C‧‧‧區域 508C‧‧‧area

511B‧‧‧導電膜 511B‧‧‧Conductive film

511C‧‧‧導電膜 511C‧‧‧Conductive film

511D‧‧‧導電膜 511D‧‧‧Conductive film

512A‧‧‧導電膜 512A‧‧‧ conductive film

512B‧‧‧導電膜 512B‧‧‧ conductive film

516‧‧‧絕緣膜 516‧‧‧Insulation film

518‧‧‧絕緣膜 518‧‧‧Insulation film

518A‧‧‧絕緣膜 518A‧‧‧Insulation film

518B‧‧‧絕緣膜 518B‧‧‧Insulation film

519B‧‧‧端子 519B‧‧‧Terminal

519C‧‧‧端子 519C‧‧‧Terminal

519D‧‧‧端子 519D‧‧‧Terminal

520‧‧‧功能層 520‧‧‧Function layer

521‧‧‧絕緣膜 521‧‧‧Insulation film

521A‧‧‧絕緣膜 521A‧‧‧Insulation film

521B‧‧‧絕緣膜 521B‧‧‧Insulation film

521C‧‧‧絕緣膜 521C‧‧‧Insulation film

522‧‧‧連接部 522‧‧‧ Connection Department

524‧‧‧導電膜 524‧‧‧Conductive film

528‧‧‧絕緣膜 528‧‧‧Insulation film

530(i,j)‧‧‧像素電路 530 (i, j) ‧‧‧pixel circuit

550(i,j)‧‧‧顯示元件 550 (i, j) ‧‧‧display element

551‧‧‧電極 551‧‧‧electrode

552‧‧‧電極 552‧‧‧electrode

553(j)‧‧‧包含發光性材料的層 553 (j) ‧‧‧Layer containing luminescent material

560‧‧‧光學元件 560‧‧‧optical element

560A‧‧‧區域 560A‧‧‧area

560B‧‧‧區域 560B‧‧‧area

560C‧‧‧區域 560C‧‧‧Area

565‧‧‧覆蓋膜 565‧‧‧ cover film

565A‧‧‧金屬膜 565A‧‧‧metal film

565B‧‧‧透光膜 565B‧‧‧Transparent film

570‧‧‧基板 570‧‧‧ substrate

591A‧‧‧開口部 591A‧‧‧Opening

591C‧‧‧開口部 591C‧‧‧Opening

592A‧‧‧開口部 592A‧‧‧Opening

592B‧‧‧開口部 592B‧‧‧Opening

592C‧‧‧開口部 592C‧‧‧Opening

700‧‧‧顯示面板 700‧‧‧ display panel

700B‧‧‧顯示面板 700B‧‧‧Display Panel

700TP2‧‧‧輸入輸出面板 700TP2‧‧‧ input and output panel

700TP3‧‧‧輸入輸出面板 700TP3‧‧‧I / O panel

702(i,j)‧‧‧像素 702 (i, j) ‧‧‧pixels

705‧‧‧密封劑 705‧‧‧sealant

706‧‧‧絕緣膜 706‧‧‧Insulation film

720‧‧‧功能層 720‧‧‧functional layer

750(i,j)‧‧‧顯示元件 750 (i, j) ‧‧‧display element

751A‧‧‧導電膜 751A‧‧‧Conductive film

751B‧‧‧反射膜 751B‧‧‧Reflective film

751C‧‧‧導電膜 751C‧‧‧Conductive film

751H‧‧‧區域 751H‧‧‧area

752‧‧‧電極 752‧‧‧electrode

753‧‧‧包含液晶材料的層 753‧‧‧ layer containing liquid crystal material

770‧‧‧基板 770‧‧‧ substrate

770D‧‧‧功能膜 770D‧‧‧Functional Film

770P‧‧‧功能膜 770P‧‧‧Functional film

771‧‧‧絕緣膜 771‧‧‧ insulating film

775‧‧‧檢測元件 775‧‧‧Detection element

5000‧‧‧外殼 5000‧‧‧ shell

5001‧‧‧顯示部 5001‧‧‧Display

5002‧‧‧顯示部 5002‧‧‧Display

5003‧‧‧揚聲器 5003‧‧‧Speaker

5004‧‧‧LED燈 5004‧‧‧LED Light

5005‧‧‧操作鍵 5005‧‧‧ operation keys

5006‧‧‧連接端子 5006‧‧‧Connection terminal

5007‧‧‧感測器 5007‧‧‧Sensor

5008‧‧‧麥克風 5008‧‧‧Microphone

5009‧‧‧開關 5009‧‧‧Switch

5010‧‧‧紅外線埠 5010‧‧‧ Infrared port

5011‧‧‧記錄介質讀取部 5011‧‧‧Recording medium reading section

5012‧‧‧支撐部 5012‧‧‧Support

5013‧‧‧耳機 5013‧‧‧Headphone

5014‧‧‧天線 5014‧‧‧ Antenna

5015‧‧‧快門按鈕 5015‧‧‧Shutter button

5016‧‧‧接收部 5016‧‧‧Receiving Department

5017‧‧‧充電器 5017‧‧‧Charger

6000‧‧‧顯示模組 6000‧‧‧ Display Module

6001‧‧‧上蓋 6001‧‧‧ Upper cover

6002‧‧‧下蓋 6002‧‧‧ Lower cover

6005‧‧‧FPC 6005‧‧‧FPC

6006‧‧‧顯示面板 6006‧‧‧Display Panel

6009‧‧‧框架 6009‧‧‧Frame

6010‧‧‧印刷電路板 6010‧‧‧Printed Circuit Board

6011‧‧‧電池 6011‧‧‧Battery

6015‧‧‧發光部 6015‧‧‧Lighting Department

6016‧‧‧受光部 6016‧‧‧Light receiving section

6017a‧‧‧導光部 6017a‧‧‧Light guide

6017b‧‧‧導光部 6017b‧‧‧Light guide

6018‧‧‧光 6018‧‧‧light

7302‧‧‧外殼 7302‧‧‧Shell

7304‧‧‧顯示面板 7304‧‧‧Display Panel

7305‧‧‧圖示 7305‧‧‧icon

7306‧‧‧圖示 7306‧‧‧icon

7311‧‧‧操作按鈕 7311‧‧‧Operation buttons

7312‧‧‧操作按鈕 7312‧‧‧Operation buttons

7313‧‧‧連接端子 7313‧‧‧Connection terminal

7321‧‧‧錶帶 7321‧‧‧ Strap

7322‧‧‧錶帶扣 7322‧‧‧Band buckle

在圖式中:圖1A至圖1D是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的示意圖;圖2A至圖2C是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖3是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖4A和圖4B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖5是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖6A和圖6B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖7A和圖7B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖8A和圖8B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖;圖9A和圖9B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素的結構的剖面圖; 圖10A至圖10C是說明實施方式的顯示面板的結構的形狀的俯視圖;圖11A和圖11B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的結構的剖面圖;圖12A和圖12B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的結構的剖面圖;圖13A和圖13B是說明實施方式的顯示面板的結構的仰視圖;圖14是說明實施方式的顯示面板的像素電路的電路圖;圖15A和圖15B是說明使用實施方式的顯示面板的顯示裝置的結構的方塊圖;圖16A、圖16B1、圖16B2及圖16B3是說明實施方式的顯示面板的結構的方塊圖;圖17A至圖17E是說明實施方式的顯示面板的反射膜的結構的剖面圖;圖18A至圖18C是說明實施方式的顯示面板的反射膜的結構的俯視圖;圖19是說明實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構的方塊圖;圖20A至圖20C是說明實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構的俯視圖;圖21A和圖21B是說明實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構的剖面圖; 圖22是說明實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構的剖面圖;圖23A至圖23C是說明實施方式的資料處理裝置的結構的方塊圖及投影圖;圖24A和圖24B是說明實施方式的資料處理裝置的驅動方法的流程圖;圖25是說明實施方式的資料處理裝置的驅動方法的流程圖;圖26A至圖26H是說明實施方式的電子裝置的結構的圖;圖27是說明實施方式的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖;圖28A至圖28D是說明實施方式的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖;圖29A和圖29B是說明實施方式的輸入輸出模組的結構的圖。 In the drawings: FIGS. 1A to 1D are schematic diagrams illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIGS. 2A to 2C are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; 4A and 4B are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIG. 6A 6B are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIGS. 7A and 7B are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIGS. 8A and 8B are display panels illustrating an embodiment; 9A and 9B are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a pixel of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIGS. 10A to 10C are plan views illustrating the shape of the structure of the display panel according to the embodiment; FIGS. 11A and 11B are cross-sectional views illustrating the structure of the display panel according to the embodiment; FIGS. 12A and 12B are views illustrating the display panel according to the embodiment; 13A and 13B are bottom views illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIG. 14 is a circuit diagram illustrating a pixel circuit of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIGS. 15A and 15B are displays illustrating a display using the embodiment; FIG. 16A, FIG. 16B1, FIG. 16B2, and FIG. 16B3 are block diagrams illustrating the structure of the display panel of the embodiment; FIGS. 17A to 17E are diagrams illustrating the reflection film of the display panel of the embodiment; 18A to 18C are plan views illustrating a structure of a reflective film of a display panel according to an embodiment; FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating a structure of an input-output device according to an embodiment; and FIGS. 20A to 20C are explanatory views of an embodiment 21A and 21B are cross-sectional views illustrating the structure of an input-output device according to an embodiment; 22 is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of an input-output device according to the embodiment; FIGS. 23A to 23C are block diagrams and projection views illustrating the structure of the data processing device according to the embodiment; FIGS. 24A and 24B are data processing illustrating the embodiment; FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating a method of driving a data processing device according to an embodiment; FIGS. 26A to 26H are diagrams illustrating a configuration of an electronic device according to an embodiment; FIG. 27 is an input illustrating an embodiment; FIG. 28A to FIG. 28D are diagrams illustrating the structure of the input-output panel according to the embodiment; FIGS. 29A and 29B are diagrams illustrating the structure of the input-output module according to the embodiment.

本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板包括像素,像素包括光學元件、覆蓋膜、第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件。光學元件具有透光性,光學元件包括第一區域、第二區域及第三區域。第一區域包括被供應可見光的區域,第二區域包括與覆蓋膜接觸的區域,第三區域具有射出可見光的一部分的功能,第三區域具有第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的面積以下的面積。覆蓋膜對可見光具有 反射性,覆蓋膜具有反射可見光的一部分而將其供應到第三區域的功能。第一顯示元件包括反射膜,第一顯示元件具有控制反射膜所反射的光的功能。反射膜具有不遮斷光學元件的第三區域所射出的光的形狀。第二顯示元件具有供應可見光的功能。 A display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a pixel, and the pixel includes an optical element, a cover film, a first display element, and a second display element. The optical element is translucent, and the optical element includes a first region, a second region, and a third region. The first region includes a region to which visible light is supplied, the second region includes a region in contact with the cover film, the third region has a function of emitting a part of visible light, and the third region has an area below the area of the first region to which the visible light is supplied . The cover film has visible light The reflective film has a function of reflecting a part of visible light and supplying it to the third region. The first display element includes a reflective film, and the first display element has a function of controlling light reflected by the reflective film. The reflection film has a shape that does not block light emitted from the third region of the optical element. The second display element has a function of supplying visible light.

由此,藉由使用第一顯示元件控制反射膜所反射的光的強度,可以進行顯示。或者,藉由使用第二顯示元件,可以補充使用第一顯示元件的顯示。或者,可以將供應到第一區域的可見光高效地從第三區域射出。或者,可以集聚供應到第一區域的光而將該光從第三區域射出。例如,在作為第二顯示元件使用有機EL元件的情況下,可以使有機EL元件的面積大於第三區域的面積。或者,可以將其面積大於第三區域的有機EL元件所供應的光集聚在第三區域中。或者,可以在保持第三區域所射出的光的強度的同時減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 This makes it possible to perform display by controlling the intensity of light reflected by the reflective film using the first display element. Alternatively, by using the second display element, the display using the first display element can be supplemented. Alternatively, the visible light supplied to the first region can be efficiently emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the light supplied to the first area may be collected and emitted from the third area. For example, when an organic EL element is used as the second display element, the area of the organic EL element can be made larger than that of the third region. Alternatively, light supplied from an organic EL element having an area larger than that of the third region may be concentrated in the third region. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element while maintaining the intensity of the light emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

參照圖式對實施方式進行詳細說明。注意,本發明不侷限於以下說明,而所屬技術領域的通常知識者可以很容易地理解一個事實就是其方式及詳細內容在不脫離本發明的精神及其範圍的情況下可以被變換為各種各樣的形式。因此,本發明不應該被解釋為僅限定於以下所示的實施方式的記載內容中。注意,在下面說明的發明結構中,在不同的圖式中共同使用相同的元件符號來表示相同 的部分或具有相同功能的部分,而省略反復說明。 The embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. Note that the present invention is not limited to the following description, but a person of ordinary skill in the art can easily understand the fact that the manner and details can be changed into various kinds without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Kind of form. Therefore, the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the description of the embodiments shown below. Note that in the invention structure described below, the same element symbols are commonly used in different drawings to represent the same Or parts with the same function, and repeated descriptions are omitted.

實施方式1 Embodiment 1

在本實施方式中,參照圖1A至圖1D、圖2A至圖2C、圖10A至圖10C、圖11A和圖11B、圖12A和圖12B、圖13A和圖13B、圖14、圖15A和圖15B以及圖16A、圖16B1、圖16B2及圖16B3說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板700的結構。 In this embodiment, FIGS. 1A to 1D, 2A to 2C, 10A to 10C, 11A and 11B, 12A and 12B, 13A and 13B, 14 and 15A and FIG. 15B and FIGS. 16A, 16B1, 16B2, and 16B3 describe the structure of a display panel 700 according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖1A至圖1D是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖1A是像素的投影圖,圖1B是說明圖1A所示的像素的結構的一部分的分解立體圖。另外,圖1C是說明沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的結構的一部分的剖面圖,圖1D是說明圖1A所示的像素的俯視圖。 1A to 1D are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 1A is a projection view of a pixel, and FIG. 1B is an exploded perspective view illustrating a part of the structure of the pixel shown in FIG. 1A. In addition, FIG. 1C is a cross-sectional view illustrating a part of the structure of the pixel along the cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, and FIG. 1D is a plan view illustrating the pixel shown in FIG. 1A.

圖2A至圖2C是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖2A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖2B是說明圖2A所示的像素的一部分的結構的剖面圖,圖2C是說明圖2A所示的像素的一部分的結構的剖面圖。 2A to 2C are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2A is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, FIG. 2B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a structure of a part of the pixel shown in FIG. 2A, and FIG. 2C is a cross-sectional view illustrating the pixel shown in FIG. 2A Sectional view of a part of the structure.

圖10A至圖10C是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖10A是顯示面板的俯視圖,圖10B是說明圖10A所示的顯示面板的像素的一部分的俯視圖。圖10C是說明圖10B所示的像素的結構的示意圖。 10A to 10C are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 10A is a plan view of a display panel, and FIG. 10B is a plan view illustrating a part of a pixel of the display panel shown in FIG. 10A. FIG. 10C is a schematic diagram illustrating the structure of the pixel shown in FIG. 10B.

圖11A至圖12B是說明顯示面板的結構的剖面圖。圖11A是沿著圖10A的切斷線X1-X2、切斷線X3-X4、切斷線X5-X6的剖面圖,圖11B是說明圖11A的一部分的圖。 11A to 12B are cross-sectional views illustrating a structure of a display panel. 11A is a cross-sectional view taken along cutting lines X1-X2, cutting lines X3-X4, and cutting lines X5-X6 of FIG. 10A, and FIG. 11B is a view illustrating a part of FIG. 11A.

圖12A是沿著圖10A的切斷線X7-X8、切斷線X9-X10的剖面圖,圖12B是說明圖12A的一部分的圖。 FIG. 12A is a cross-sectional view taken along a cutting line X7-X8 and a cutting line X9-X10 of FIG. 10A, and FIG. 12B is a view illustrating a part of FIG. 12A.

圖13A是說明圖10B所示的顯示面板的像素的一部分的仰視圖,圖13B是省略圖13A所示的結構的一部分而說明的仰視圖。 FIG. 13A is a bottom view illustrating a part of the pixels of the display panel shown in FIG. 10B, and FIG. 13B is a bottom view illustrating a part of the structure shown in FIG. 13A and omitted.

圖14是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板所包括的像素電路的結構的電路圖。 14 is a circuit diagram illustrating a configuration of a pixel circuit included in a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖15A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板及使用本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的顯示裝置的結構的方塊圖。圖15B是說明圖15A所示的像素的結構的方塊圖。 15A is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention and a display device using the display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 15B is a block diagram illustrating a structure of a pixel shown in FIG. 15A.

圖16A是說明與圖15A所示的顯示面板的結構不同的結構的方塊圖。圖16B1、圖16B2及圖16B3是使用本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的顯示裝置的圖。 FIG. 16A is a block diagram illustrating a structure different from that of the display panel shown in FIG. 15A. 16B1, 16B2, and 16B3 are diagrams of a display device using a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.

注意,在本說明書中,有時將取1以上的整數的值的變數用於符號。例如,有時將包含取1以上的整數的值的變數p的(p)用於指定最大為p個組件中的任一個的符號的一部分。另外,例如,有時將包含取1以上的整數的值的變數m及變數n的(m,n)用於指定最大 為m×n個組件中的任一個的符號的一部分。 Note that in this specification, a variable that takes an integer value of 1 or more may be used as a symbol. For example, (p) including a variable p that takes a value of an integer of 1 or more may be used to specify a part of a symbol having a maximum of any one of p components. In addition, for example, (m, n) including a variable m and a variable n including a value of an integer of 1 or more may be used to specify a maximum value. Is a part of the symbol of any of the m × n components.

〈顯示面板的結構例子1.〉 <Structure example of display panel 1.>

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板700包括像素702(i,j)(參照圖15A)。 The display panel 700 described in this embodiment includes pixels 702 (i, j) (see FIG. 15A).

〈〈像素的結構例子1.〉〉 << Example of pixel structure 1. >>

像素702(i,j)包括光學元件560、覆蓋膜565、第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)(參照圖1A、圖1B、圖2A及圖2B)。 The pixel 702 (i, j) includes an optical element 560, a cover film 565, a first display element 750 (i, j), and a second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIGS. 1A, 1B, 2A, and 2B). ).

〈〈光學元件的結構例子〉〉 〈〈 Configuration Example of Optical Element 〉〉

光學元件560具有透光性,光學元件560包括第一區域560A、第二區域560B及第三區域560C(參照圖1B、圖1C及圖2B)。 The optical element 560 has translucency, and the optical element 560 includes a first region 560A, a second region 560B, and a third region 560C (see FIGS. 1B, 1C, and 2B).

第一區域560A包括被供應可見光的區域。例如,第一區域560A被第二顯示元件550(i,j)供應可見光。 The first region 560A includes a region to which visible light is supplied. For example, the first region 560A is supplied with visible light by the second display element 550 (i, j).

第二區域560B包括與覆蓋膜565接觸的區域。 The second region 560B includes a region in contact with the cover film 565.

第三區域560C具有射出可見光的一部分的功能,第三區域具有第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的面積以下的面積。 The third region 560C has a function of emitting a part of visible light, and the third region has an area equal to or smaller than the area of the first region 560A to which the visible light is supplied.

〈〈覆蓋膜的結構例子〉〉 〈〈 Example of structure of cover film 〉〉

覆蓋膜565對可見光具有反射性,覆蓋膜565具有反射可見光的一部分而將其供應到第三區域560C的功能。例如,可以將第二顯示元件550(i,j)所射出的可見光向第三區域560C反射。具體地,如實線的箭頭所示,從第一區域560A入射到光學元件560的可見光的一部分可以被接觸於第二區域560B的覆蓋膜565反射而從第三區域560C射出(參照圖2B)。 The cover film 565 is reflective to visible light, and the cover film 565 has a function of reflecting a part of the visible light and supplying it to the third region 560C. For example, the visible light emitted from the second display element 550 (i, j) may be reflected toward the third region 560C. Specifically, as indicated by a solid line arrow, a part of the visible light incident on the optical element 560 from the first region 560A may be reflected by the cover film 565 contacting the second region 560B and emitted from the third region 560C (see FIG. 2B).

〈〈第一顯示元件750(i,j)的結構例子〉〉 << Configuration Example of First Display Element 750 (i, j) >>

第一顯示元件750(i,j)包括反射膜751B,第一顯示元件750(i,j)具有控制反射膜751B所反射的光的功能(參照圖2A)。 The first display element 750 (i, j) includes a reflective film 751B, and the first display element 750 (i, j) has a function of controlling light reflected by the reflective film 751B (see FIG. 2A).

反射膜751B具有不遮斷光學元件560的第三區域560C所射出的光的形狀(參照圖1B)。例如,可以將在與第三區域560C重疊的區域中包括不遮斷光的區域751H的形狀用於反射膜751B。 The reflection film 751B has a shape that does not block light emitted from the third region 560C of the optical element 560 (see FIG. 1B). For example, a shape including a region 751H that does not block light in a region overlapping the third region 560C may be used for the reflection film 751B.

另外,例如,可以將層疊具有透光性的導電膜751A及具有透光性的導電膜751C的材料用於電極751(i,j)的與第三區域560C重疊的區域並將層疊導電膜751A及反射膜751B的材料用於不與第三區域560C重疊的區域(參照圖2A)。 In addition, for example, a material in which the conductive film 751A having translucency and the conductive film 751C having translucency is laminated may be used for a region of the electrode 751 (i, j) overlapping with the third region 560C, and the laminated conductive film 751A The material of the reflection film 751B is used in a region that does not overlap the third region 560C (see FIG. 2A).

例如,可以將反射膜751B用於反射型液晶元件。此外,可以將反射型液晶顯示元件用作第一顯示元件 750(i,j)。 For example, the reflective film 751B can be used for a reflective liquid crystal element. In addition, a reflective liquid crystal display element can be used as the first display element. 750 (i, j).

具體地,第一顯示元件750(i,j)包括電極751(i,j)、電極752及包含液晶材料的層753。電極752以在與電極751(i,j)之間形成控制液晶材料的配向的電場的方式配置(參照圖2A)。 Specifically, the first display element 750 (i, j) includes an electrode 751 (i, j), an electrode 752, and a layer 753 including a liquid crystal material. The electrode 752 is arrange | positioned so that the electric field which controls the orientation of a liquid crystal material may be formed with the electrode 751 (i, j) (refer FIG. 2A).

第一顯示元件750(i,j)包括配向膜AF1及配向膜AF2。配向膜AF2包括在其與配向膜AF1之間夾著包含液晶材料的層753的區域。 The first display element 750 (i, j) includes an alignment film AF1 and an alignment film AF2. The alignment film AF2 includes a region in which a layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material is sandwiched between the alignment film AF2 and the alignment film AF1.

〈〈第二顯示元件550(i,j)的結構例子1〉〉 << Configuration Example 1 of Second Display Element 550 (i, j) >>

第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有供應可見光的功能(參照圖2A)。例如,第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有將可見光供應到第一區域560A的功能。 The second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of supplying visible light (see FIG. 2A). For example, the second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of supplying visible light to the first region 560A.

由此,藉由使用第一顯示元件控制反射膜所反射的光的強度,可以進行顯示。或者,第一顯示元件可以利用外光進行顯示。或者,可以使外光的眩光不容易被看到。或者,藉由使用第二顯示元件,可以補充使用第一顯示元件的顯示。或者,可以將供應到第一區域的可見光高效地從第三區域射出。或者,可以集聚供應到第一區域的光而將該光從第三區域射出。例如,在作為第二顯示元件使用有機EL元件的情況下,可以使有機EL元件的面積大於第三區域的面積。或者,可以將其面積大於第三區域的有機EL元件所供應的光集聚在第三區域中。或者,可以在保持第三區域所射出的光的強度的同時減少流過有 機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 This makes it possible to perform display by controlling the intensity of light reflected by the reflective film using the first display element. Alternatively, the first display element may perform display using external light. Alternatively, the glare of external light can be made difficult to see. Alternatively, by using the second display element, the display using the first display element can be supplemented. Alternatively, the visible light supplied to the first region can be efficiently emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the light supplied to the first area may be collected and emitted from the third area. For example, when an organic EL element is used as the second display element, the area of the organic EL element can be made larger than that of the third region. Alternatively, light supplied from an organic EL element having an area larger than that of the third region may be concentrated in the third region. Alternatively, the intensity of the light emitted from the third region can be maintained while reducing the flow of light. The current density of the organic EL element. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

〈〈像素的結構例子2.〉〉 "<Example of Pixel Structure 2.>"

另外,像素702(i,j)所包括的光學元件560的第二區域560B包含透光材料。該透光材料具有1.3以上且2.5以下的折射率(參照圖2C)。 In addition, the second region 560B of the optical element 560 included in the pixel 702 (i, j) includes a light-transmitting material. This light-transmitting material has a refractive index of 1.3 or more and 2.5 or less (see FIG. 2C).

另外,像素702(i,j)的覆蓋膜565包括透光膜565B。該透光膜565B包括與第二區域560B接觸的區域,透光膜565B具有低於第二區域560B的折射率。 The cover film 565 of the pixel 702 (i, j) includes a light-transmitting film 565B. The light-transmitting film 565B includes a region in contact with the second region 560B, and the light-transmitting film 565B has a lower refractive index than the second region 560B.

此外,像素702(i,j)所包括的覆蓋膜565包括金屬膜565A。 The cover film 565 included in the pixel 702 (i, j) includes a metal film 565A.

由此,覆蓋膜可以高效地反射光。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 This allows the cover film to efficiently reflect light. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

〈〈像素的結構例子3.〉〉 << Example of Pixel Structure 3. >>

另外,像素702(i,j)包括功能層520的一部分、第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)(參照圖11A、圖12A及圖14)。 The pixel 702 (i, j) includes a part of the functional layer 520, a first display element 750 (i, j), and a second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIGS. 11A, 12A, and 14).

〈〈功能層520〉〉 〈〈 Functional Layer 520 〉〉

功能層520包括第一導電膜、第二導電膜、絕緣膜 501C及像素電路530(i,j)。另外,功能層520包括光學元件560及覆蓋膜565(參照圖11A)。此外,像素電路530(i,j)例如包括電晶體M。 The functional layer 520 includes a first conductive film, a second conductive film, and an insulating film 501C and pixel circuit 530 (i, j). The functional layer 520 includes an optical element 560 and a cover film 565 (see FIG. 11A). The pixel circuit 530 (i, j) includes a transistor M, for example.

另外,功能層520包括絕緣膜528、絕緣膜521A、絕緣膜521B、絕緣膜518及絕緣膜516。 The functional layer 520 includes an insulating film 528, an insulating film 521A, an insulating film 521B, an insulating film 518, and an insulating film 516.

〈〈像素電路〉〉 〈〈 Pixel Circuit 〉〉

像素電路530(i,j)具有驅動第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)的功能(參照圖14)。 The pixel circuit 530 (i, j) has a function of driving the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 14).

由此,例如可以使用能夠藉由同一製程形成的像素電路驅動第一顯示元件、以與第一顯示元件不同的方法進行顯示的第二顯示元件。明確而言,藉由將反射型顯示元件用作第一顯示元件,可以降低功耗。或者,可以在外光亮的環境下以高對比良好地顯示影像。或者,可以使用發射光的第二顯示元件在暗環境下良好地顯示影像。或者,可以使用絕緣膜抑制第一顯示元件與第二顯示元件之間的雜質擴散或第一顯示元件與像素電路之間的雜質擴散。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 This makes it possible, for example, to use a second display element capable of driving a first display element by a pixel circuit formed by the same process and performing a display differently from the first display element. Specifically, by using a reflective display element as the first display element, power consumption can be reduced. Alternatively, the image can be displayed with high contrast in a brightly lit environment. Alternatively, a second display element that emits light can display an image well in a dark environment. Alternatively, an insulating film may be used to suppress impurity diffusion between the first display element and the second display element or impurity diffusion between the first display element and the pixel circuit. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

可以將開關、電晶體、二極體、電阻元件、電感器或電容器等用於像素電路530(i,j)。 A switch, a transistor, a diode, a resistance element, an inductor, or a capacitor can be used for the pixel circuit 530 (i, j).

例如,可以將一個或多個電晶體用於開關。或者,可以將並聯連接的多個電晶體、串聯連接的多個電 晶體、組合串聯與並聯連接的多個電晶體用於一開關。 For example, one or more transistors can be used for the switch. Alternatively, a plurality of transistors connected in parallel and a plurality of transistors connected in series may be used. A crystal, a plurality of transistors connected in series and in parallel are used for one switch.

例如,像素電路530(i,j)與信號線S1(j)、信號線S2(j)、掃描線G1(i)、掃描線G2(i)、佈線CSCOM及導電膜ANO電連接(參照圖14)。注意,雖然未圖示,但是導電膜512A與信號線S1(j)電連接。 For example, the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) is electrically connected to the signal line S1 (j), the signal line S2 (j), the scanning line G1 (i), the scanning line G2 (i), the wiring CSCOM, and the conductive film ANO (see FIG. 14). Note that although not shown, the conductive film 512A is electrically connected to the signal line S1 (j).

像素電路530(i,j)包括開關SW1、電容器C11(參照圖14)。 The pixel circuit 530 (i, j) includes a switch SW1 and a capacitor C11 (see FIG. 14).

像素電路530(i,j)包括開關SW2、電晶體M及電容器C12。 The pixel circuit 530 (i, j) includes a switch SW2, a transistor M, and a capacitor C12.

例如,可以將包括與掃描線G1(i)電連接的閘極電極及與信號線S1(j)電連接的第一電極的電晶體用作開關SW1。 For example, a transistor including a gate electrode electrically connected to the scan line G1 (i) and a first electrode electrically connected to the signal line S1 (j) may be used as the switch SW1.

電容器C11包括與用作開關SW1的電晶體的第二電極電連接的第一電極、與佈線CSCOM電連接的第二電極。 The capacitor C11 includes a first electrode electrically connected to a second electrode serving as a transistor of the switch SW1 and a second electrode electrically connected to the wiring CSCOM.

例如,可以將包括與掃描線G2(i)電連接的閘極電極及與信號線S2(j)電連接的第一電極的電晶體用作開關SW2。 For example, a transistor including a gate electrode electrically connected to the scanning line G2 (i) and a first electrode electrically connected to the signal line S2 (j) may be used as the switch SW2.

電晶體M包括與用作開關SW2的電晶體的第二電極電連接的閘極電極、與導電膜ANO電連接的第一電極。 The transistor M includes a gate electrode electrically connected to the second electrode of the transistor used as the switch SW2, and a first electrode electrically connected to the conductive film ANO.

此外,可以將包括以在其與閘極電極之間夾著半導體膜的方式設置的導電膜的電晶體用作電晶體M。 例如,可以將電連接於能夠供應與電晶體M的閘極電極相同的電位的佈線的導電膜用作該導電膜。 In addition, a transistor including a conductive film provided with a semiconductor film interposed therebetween and the gate electrode may be used as the transistor M. For example, a conductive film electrically connected to a wiring capable of supplying the same potential as the gate electrode of the transistor M can be used as the conductive film.

電容器C12包括與用作開關SW2的電晶體的第二電極電連接的第一電極、與電晶體M的第一電極電連接的第二電極。 The capacitor C12 includes a first electrode electrically connected to the second electrode of the transistor serving as the switch SW2 and a second electrode electrically connected to the first electrode of the transistor M.

第一顯示元件750(i,j)的第一電極與用作開關SW1的電晶體的第二電極電連接。此外,第一顯示元件750(i,j)的第二電極與佈線VCOM1電連接。由此,可以驅動第一顯示元件750。 The first electrode of the first display element 750 (i, j) is electrically connected to the second electrode of the transistor used as the switch SW1. The second electrode of the first display element 750 (i, j) is electrically connected to the wiring VCOM1. Thereby, the first display element 750 can be driven.

第二顯示元件550(i,j)的電極551(i,j)與電晶體M的第二電極電連接,第二顯示元件550(i,j)的電極552與導電膜VCOM2電連接。由此,可以驅動第二顯示元件550(i,j)。 An electrode 551 (i, j) of the second display element 550 (i, j) is electrically connected to the second electrode of the transistor M, and an electrode 552 of the second display element 550 (i, j) is electrically connected to the conductive film VCOM2. Thereby, the second display element 550 (i, j) can be driven.

〈〈絕緣膜501C〉〉 〈〈 Insulation film 501C 〉〉

絕緣膜501C包括夾在第一導電膜與第二導電膜之間的區域,絕緣膜501C包括開口部591A(參照圖12A)。此外,絕緣膜501C包括開口部591C。 The insulating film 501C includes a region sandwiched between the first conductive film and the second conductive film, and the insulating film 501C includes an opening portion 591A (see FIG. 12A). In addition, the insulating film 501C includes an opening portion 591C.

〈〈第一導電膜〉〉 〈〈 First conductive film 〉〉

第一導電膜與第一顯示元件750(i,j)電連接。明確而言,與第一顯示元件750(i,j)的電極751(i,j)電連接。此外,可以將電極751(i,j)用於第一導電膜。 The first conductive film is electrically connected to the first display element 750 (i, j). Specifically, it is electrically connected to the electrode 751 (i, j) of the first display element 750 (i, j). In addition, an electrode 751 (i, j) may be used for the first conductive film.

〈〈第二導電膜〉〉 〈〈 Second Conductive Film 〉〉

第二導電膜包括與第一導電膜重疊的區域。第二導電膜藉由開口部591A與第一導電膜電連接。例如,可以將導電膜512B用於第二導電膜。這裡,可以將在設置於絕緣膜501C中的開口部591A中與第二導電膜電連接的第一導電膜稱為貫穿電極。 The second conductive film includes a region overlapping the first conductive film. The second conductive film is electrically connected to the first conductive film through the opening 591A. For example, a conductive film 512B may be used for the second conductive film. Here, the first conductive film electrically connected to the second conductive film in the opening portion 591A provided in the insulating film 501C may be referred to as a through electrode.

第二導電膜與像素電路530(i,j)電連接。例如,可以將用作用於像素電路530(i,j)的開關SW1的電晶體的源極電極或汲極電極的導電膜用於第二導電膜。 The second conductive film is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j). For example, a conductive film used as a source electrode or a drain electrode of the transistor for the switch SW1 of the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) may be used for the second conductive film.

〈〈第二顯示元件550(i,j)的結構例子2.〉〉 "<Configuration Example of Second Display Element 550 (i, j) 2. >>

第二顯示元件550(i,j)與像素電路530(i,j)電連接(參照圖11A及圖14)。第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有向功能層520發射光的功能。第二顯示元件550(i,j)例如具有向絕緣膜501C或設置在絕緣膜501C中的開口發射光的功能。 The second display element 550 (i, j) is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) (see FIGS. 11A and 14). The second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of emitting light to the functional layer 520. The second display element 550 (i, j) has, for example, a function of emitting light to the insulating film 501C or an opening provided in the insulating film 501C.

第二顯示元件550(i,j)以在能夠看到使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)的顯示的範圍的一部分中能夠看到使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)的顯示的方式設置。例如,在圖式中以虛線的箭頭示出外光入射到第一顯示元件750(i,j)而該外光被反射的方向,該第一顯示元件750(i,j)控制反射外光的強度來顯示影像資料(參照圖 12A)。此外,在圖式中以實線的箭頭示出第二顯示元件550(i,j)向能夠看到使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)的顯示的範圍的一部分發射光的方向(參照圖11A)。 The second display element 550 (i, j) is such that the display using the second display element 550 (i, j) can be seen in a part of the range where the display using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be seen Way setting. For example, the direction of the external light incident on the first display element 750 (i, j) and the external light is reflected by the dotted arrow in the drawing. Intensity to display image data (see figure 12A). In the drawing, solid arrows indicate the direction in which the second display element 550 (i, j) emits light toward a part of a range where the display using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be seen (see Figure 11A).

由此,在能夠看到使用第一顯示元件的顯示的區域的一部分中,能夠看到使用第二顯示元件的顯示。或者,使用者能夠在不需要改變顯示面板的姿勢等的情況下看到顯示。或者,可以將第一顯示元件所反射的光呈現的物體色乘以第二顯示元件所發射的光呈現的光源色。或者,可以使用物體色及光源色實現繪畫似的顯示。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, in a part of the area where the display using the first display element can be seen, the display using the second display element can be seen. Alternatively, the user can see the display without changing the posture or the like of the display panel. Alternatively, the object color represented by the light reflected by the first display element may be multiplied by the light source color represented by the light emitted by the second display element. Alternatively, you can use object colors and light source colors to achieve painting-like display. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

例如,第二顯示元件550(i,j)包括電極551(i,j)、電極552、包含發光性材料的層553(j)(參照圖11A)。 For example, the second display element 550 (i, j) includes an electrode 551 (i, j), an electrode 552, and a layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material (see FIG. 11A).

電極552包括與電極551(i,j)重疊的區域。 The electrode 552 includes a region overlapping the electrode 551 (i, j).

包含發光性材料的層553(j)包括夾在電極551(i,j)與電極552之間的區域。 The layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material includes a region sandwiched between the electrode 551 (i, j) and the electrode 552.

電極551(i,j)在連接部522與像素電路530(i,j)電連接。此外,電極551(i,j)與導電膜ANO電連接,電極552與導電膜VCOM2電連接(參照圖14)。 The electrode 551 (i, j) is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) at the connection portion 522. The electrode 551 (i, j) is electrically connected to the conductive film ANO, and the electrode 552 is electrically connected to the conductive film VCOM2 (see FIG. 14).

〈〈絕緣膜521、絕緣膜528、絕緣膜518、絕緣膜516等〉〉 << Insulation film 521, insulation film 528, insulation film 518, insulation film 516, etc. >>

絕緣膜521包括夾在像素電路530(i,j)與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間的區域(參照圖11A)。 The insulating film 521 includes a region sandwiched between the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 11A).

例如,可以將疊層膜用作絕緣膜521。例如,可以將絕緣膜521A和絕緣膜521B的疊層膜用作絕緣膜521。 For example, a laminated film can be used as the insulating film 521. For example, a laminated film of the insulating film 521A and the insulating film 521B may be used as the insulating film 521.

絕緣膜528包括夾在絕緣膜521與基板570之間的區域,且在與第二顯示元件550(i,j)重疊的區域包括開口部。沿著電極551(i,j)的外周形成的絕緣膜528防止電極551(i,j)與電極552之間的短路。 The insulating film 528 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 521 and the substrate 570, and includes an opening portion in a region overlapping the second display element 550 (i, j). The insulating film 528 formed along the outer periphery of the electrode 551 (i, j) prevents a short circuit between the electrode 551 (i, j) and the electrode 552.

絕緣膜518包括夾在絕緣膜521與像素電路530(i,j)之間的區域。例如,絕緣膜518包括夾在絕緣膜521與電晶體M之間的區域。 The insulating film 518 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 521 and the pixel circuits 530 (i, j). For example, the insulating film 518 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 521 and the transistor M.

絕緣膜516包括夾在絕緣膜518與像素電路530(i,j)之間的區域。例如,絕緣膜516包括夾在絕緣膜518與電晶體M之間的區域。 The insulating film 516 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 518 and the pixel circuits 530 (i, j). For example, the insulating film 516 includes a region sandwiched between the insulating film 518 and the transistor M.

此外,顯示面板700可以包括絕緣膜501B。絕緣膜501B包括開口部592A、開口部592B及開口部592C(參照圖11A或圖12A)。 In addition, the display panel 700 may include an insulating film 501B. The insulating film 501B includes an opening portion 592A, an opening portion 592B, and an opening portion 592C (see FIG. 11A or FIG. 12A).

開口部592A包括與電極751(i,j)重疊的區域或與絕緣膜501C重疊的區域。 The opening 592A includes a region overlapping the electrode 751 (i, j) or a region overlapping the insulating film 501C.

開口部592B包括與導電膜511B重疊的區域(參照圖11A)。 The opening 592B includes a region overlapping the conductive film 511B (see FIG. 11A).

開口部592C包括與導電膜511C重疊的區域(參照圖12A)。 The opening 592C includes a region overlapping the conductive film 511C (see FIG. 12A).

〈顯示面板的結構例子2.〉 <Structure example of display panel 2.>

此外,在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板700包括顯示區域231(參照圖15A)。 The display panel 700 described in this embodiment includes a display area 231 (see FIG. 15A).

〈〈顯示區域231〉〉 〈〈 Display Area 231 〉〉

顯示區域231包括一組多個像素702(i,1)至像素702(i,n)、另一組多個像素702(1,j)至像素702(m,j)、掃描線G1(i)、信號線S1(j)(參照圖15A)。此外,包括掃描線G2(i)、佈線CSCOM、導電膜ANO、信號線S2(j)。此外,i為1以上且m以下的整數,j為1以上且n以下的整數,m及n為1以上的整數。 The display area 231 includes a group of multiple pixels 702 (i, 1) to 702 (i, n), another group of multiple pixels 702 (1, j) to 702 (m, j), and a scanning line G1 (i ), Signal line S1 (j) (see FIG. 15A). In addition, it includes a scanning line G2 (i), a wiring CSCOM, a conductive film ANO, and a signal line S2 (j). In addition, i is an integer of 1 or more and m or less, j is an integer of 1 or more and n or less, and m and n are integers of 1 or more.

一組多個像素702(i,1)至像素702(i,n)包括像素702(i,j)。一組多個像素702(i,1)至像素702(i,n)配置在行方向(圖式中的以箭頭R1表示的方向)上。 A set of a plurality of pixels 702 (i, 1) to 702 (i, n) includes pixels 702 (i, j). A group of a plurality of pixels 702 (i, 1) to pixels 702 (i, n) are arranged in a row direction (a direction indicated by an arrow R1 in the drawing).

另一組多個像素702(1,j)至像素702(m,j)包括像素702(i,j),另一組多個像素702(1,j)至像素702(m,j)配置在與行方向交叉的列方向(圖式中的以箭頭C1表示的方向)上。 Another set of multiple pixels 702 (1, j) to pixel 702 (m, j) includes pixel 702 (i, j), and another set of multiple pixels 702 (1, j) to pixel 702 (m, j) is configured In the column direction (the direction indicated by the arrow C1 in the drawing) crossing the row direction.

掃描線G1(i)及掃描線G2(i)與配置在行方向上的一組多個像素702(i,1)至像素702(i,n)電連接。 The scanning lines G1 (i) and G2 (i) are electrically connected to a group of a plurality of pixels 702 (i, 1) to pixels 702 (i, n) arranged in the row direction.

信號線S1(j)及信號線S2(j)與配置在列方向上的另一組多個像素702(1,j)至像素702(m,j)電連接。 The signal lines S1 (j) and S2 (j) are electrically connected to another plurality of pixels 702 (1, j) to 702 (m, j) arranged in the column direction.

〈顯示面板的結構例子3.〉 <Structure example of display panel 3.>

此外,在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板700可以包括驅動電路GD或驅動電路SD(參照圖10A、圖15A及圖15B)。 The display panel 700 described in this embodiment may include a driving circuit GD or a driving circuit SD (see FIGS. 10A, 15A, and 15B).

〈〈驅動電路GD〉〉 〈〈 Drive Circuit GD 〉〉

驅動電路GD具有根據控制資料供應選擇信號的功能。 The driving circuit GD has a function of supplying a selection signal according to control data.

例如,驅動電路GD具有根據控制資料以30Hz以上、較佳為60Hz以上的頻率對一掃描線供應選擇信號的功能。由此,可以流暢地顯示動態影像。 For example, the driving circuit GD has a function of supplying a selection signal to a scanning line at a frequency of 30 Hz or more, preferably 60 Hz or more, according to control data. Thereby, a moving image can be displayed smoothly.

例如,驅動電路GD具有根據控制資料以低於30Hz、較佳為低於1Hz、更佳為低於1次/分的頻率對一掃描線供應選擇信號的功能。由此,可以在閃爍被抑制的狀態下顯示靜態影像。 For example, the driving circuit GD has a function of supplying a selection signal to a scanning line at a frequency lower than 30 Hz, preferably lower than 1 Hz, and more preferably lower than 1 time / minute according to control data. Thereby, a still image can be displayed in a state where flicker is suppressed.

顯示面板可以包括多個驅動電路。例如,顯示面板700B包括驅動電路GDA及驅動電路GDB(參照圖16A)。 The display panel may include a plurality of driving circuits. For example, the display panel 700B includes a driving circuit GDA and a driving circuit GDB (see FIG. 16A).

另外,例如,當包括多個驅動電路時,可以使驅動電路GDA供應選擇信號的頻率與驅動電路GDB供 應選擇信號的頻率不同。明確而言,可以以比在顯示靜態影像的一個區域供應選擇信號的頻率高的頻率對顯示動態影像的其他區域供應選擇信號。由此,可以在一個區域在閃爍被抑制的狀態下顯示靜態影像,且在其他區域流暢地顯示動態影像。 In addition, for example, when a plurality of driving circuits are included, the frequency at which the driving circuit GDA supplies the selection signal and the frequency at which the driving circuit GDB supplies The frequency of the signal should be selected differently. Specifically, the selection signal may be supplied to the other region displaying the moving image at a higher frequency than the frequency of supplying the selection signal in one region displaying the still image. Thereby, a still image can be displayed in a state where flicker is suppressed in one area, and a moving image can be smoothly displayed in other areas.

〈〈驅動電路SD〉〉 〈〈 Drive Circuit SD 〉〉

驅動電路SD包括驅動電路SD1、驅動電路SD2。驅動電路SD1具有根據資料V11供應影像信號的功能,驅動電路SD2具有根據資料V12供應影像信號的功能(參照圖15A)。 The driving circuit SD includes a driving circuit SD1 and a driving circuit SD2. The driving circuit SD1 has a function of supplying an image signal according to the data V11, and the driving circuit SD2 has a function of supplying an image signal according to the data V12 (see FIG. 15A).

驅動電路SD1或驅動電路SD2具有生成影像信號的功能及將該影像信號供應給與顯示元件之一電連接的像素電路的功能。明確而言,驅動電路SD1或驅動電路SD2具有生成極性反轉的信號的功能。由此,例如可以驅動液晶顯示元件。 The driving circuit SD1 or the driving circuit SD2 has a function of generating an image signal and a function of supplying the image signal to a pixel circuit electrically connected to one of the display elements. Specifically, the drive circuit SD1 or the drive circuit SD2 has a function of generating a signal with a reversed polarity. Thereby, for example, a liquid crystal display element can be driven.

例如,可以將移位暫存器等各種時序電路等用於驅動電路SD。 For example, various sequential circuits such as a shift register may be used for the drive circuit SD.

例如,可以將集成了驅動電路SD1及驅動電路SD2的集成電路用於驅動電路SD。明確而言,可以將在矽基板上形成的集成電路用於驅動電路SD。 For example, an integrated circuit in which the drive circuit SD1 and the drive circuit SD2 are integrated may be used for the drive circuit SD. Specifically, an integrated circuit formed on a silicon substrate can be used for the drive circuit SD.

例如,可以利用COG(Chip on glass:晶粒玻璃接合)法或COF(Chip on Film:薄膜覆晶封裝)法將集成電路安裝於端子。明確而言,可以使用異方性導電 膜將集成電路安裝於端子。 For example, a COG (Chip on glass) method or a COF (Chip on Film) method can be used to mount an integrated circuit on a terminal. Specifically, anisotropic conduction can be used The film mounts the integrated circuit on the terminal.

〈顯示面板的結構例子4.〉 <Structure example of display panel 4.>

此外,在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板700包括功能層720、端子519B、端子519C、基板570、基板770、接合層505、密封劑705、結構體KB1、功能膜770P、功能膜770D等(參照圖11A或圖12A)。 The display panel 700 described in this embodiment includes a functional layer 720, a terminal 519B, a terminal 519C, a substrate 570, a substrate 770, a bonding layer 505, a sealant 705, a structure KB1, a functional film 770P, a functional film 770D, and the like (See Fig. 11A or Fig. 12A).

〈〈功能層720〉〉 〈〈 Function Layer 720 〉〉

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括功能層720。功能層720包括夾在基板770與絕緣膜501C之間的區域。功能層720包括遮光膜BM、絕緣膜771、彩色膜CF1(參照圖11A或圖12A)。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a functional layer 720. The functional layer 720 includes a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the insulating film 501C. The functional layer 720 includes a light-shielding film BM, an insulating film 771, and a color film CF1 (see FIG. 11A or FIG. 12A).

遮光膜BM在與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域包括開口部(參照圖12A)。 The light-shielding film BM includes an opening portion in a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j) (see FIG. 12A).

彩色膜CF1包括夾在基板770與第一顯示元件750(i,j)之間的區域。 The color film CF1 includes a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the first display element 750 (i, j).

絕緣膜771包括夾在彩色膜CF1與包含液晶材料的層753之間的區域或夾在遮光膜BM與包含液晶材料的層753之間的區域。由此,可以使因彩色膜CF1的厚度產生的凹凸為平坦。或者,可以抑制從遮光膜BM或彩色膜CF1等擴散到包含液晶材料的層753的雜質。 The insulating film 771 includes a region sandwiched between the color film CF1 and the layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material or a region sandwiched between the light shielding film BM and the layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material. As a result, the unevenness due to the thickness of the color film CF1 can be made flat. Alternatively, impurities that diffuse from the light-shielding film BM, the color film CF1, or the like to the layer 753 including the liquid crystal material can be suppressed.

〈〈端子519B、端子519C〉〉 〈〈 Terminal 519B 、 Terminal 519C 〉〉

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括端子519B及端子519C(參照圖11A或圖12A)。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a terminal 519B and a terminal 519C (see FIG. 11A or FIG. 12A).

端子519B包括導電膜511B。端子519B例如與信號線S1(j)電連接。 The terminal 519B includes a conductive film 511B. The terminal 519B is electrically connected to the signal line S1 (j), for example.

端子519C包括導電膜511C。導電膜511C例如與佈線VCOM1電連接。 The terminal 519C includes a conductive film 511C. The conductive film 511C is electrically connected to the wiring VCOM1, for example.

另外,導電材料CP夾在端子519C與電極752之間,具有電連接端子519C與電極752的功能。例如,可以將導電粒子用於導電材料CP。 In addition, the conductive material CP is sandwiched between the terminal 519C and the electrode 752, and has a function of electrically connecting the terminal 519C and the electrode 752. For example, conductive particles can be used for the conductive material CP.

〈〈基板570、基板770〉〉 << Substrate 570, Substrate 770 >>

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括基板570、基板770。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a substrate 570 and a substrate 770.

基板770包括與基板570重疊的區域。基板770包括在其與基板570之間夾著功能層520的區域。 The substrate 770 includes a region overlapping the substrate 570. The substrate 770 includes a region in which the functional layer 520 is sandwiched between the substrate 570 and the substrate 570.

基板770包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域。例如,可以將雙折射被抑制的材料用於該區域。 The substrate 770 includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j). For example, a material whose birefringence is suppressed can be used for this region.

〈〈接合層505、密封劑705、結構體KB1〉〉 〈〈 Joint layer 505, Sealant 705, Structure KB1 〉〉

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括接合層505、密封劑705、結構體KB1。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a bonding layer 505, a sealant 705, and a structure KB1.

接合層505包括夾在功能層520與基板570之間的區域,並具有貼合功能層520和基板570的功能。 The bonding layer 505 includes a region sandwiched between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 570 and has a function of bonding the functional layer 520 and the substrate 570.

密封劑705包括夾在功能層520與基板770之間的區域,並具有貼合功能層520和基板770的功能。 The sealant 705 includes a region sandwiched between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 770 and has a function of bonding the functional layer 520 and the substrate 770.

結構體KB1具有在功能層520與基板770之間提供指定的空隙的功能。 The structure body KB1 has a function of providing a predetermined gap between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 770.

〈〈功能膜770P、功能膜770D〉〉 〈〈 Functional film 770P 、 Functional film 770D 〉〉

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括功能膜770P、功能膜770D。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a functional film 770P and a functional film 770D.

功能膜770P包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域。 The functional film 770P includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j).

功能膜770D包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域。功能膜770D以在其與第一顯示元件750(i,j)之間夾著基板770的方式設置。由此,例如可以擴散第一顯示元件750(i,j)所反射的光。 The functional film 770D includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j). The functional film 770D is provided so that the substrate 770 is sandwiched between the functional film 770D and the first display element 750 (i, j). Thereby, for example, the light reflected by the first display element 750 (i, j) can be diffused.

〈組件的例子〉 <Example of component>

顯示面板700包括基板570、基板770、結構體KB1、密封劑705或接合層505。 The display panel 700 includes a substrate 570, a substrate 770, a structure KB1, a sealant 705, or a bonding layer 505.

顯示面板700包括功能層520、光學元件560、覆蓋膜565、絕緣膜521或絕緣膜528。 The display panel 700 includes a functional layer 520, an optical element 560, a cover film 565, an insulating film 521, or an insulating film 528.

顯示面板700包括信號線S1(j)、信號線S2(j)、掃描線G1(i)、掃描線G2(i)、佈線CSCOM或導電膜ANO。 The display panel 700 includes a signal line S1 (j), a signal line S2 (j), a scanning line G1 (i), a scanning line G2 (i), a wiring CSCOM, or a conductive film ANO.

顯示面板700包括第一導電膜或第二導電 膜。 The display panel 700 includes a first conductive film or a second conductive film membrane.

顯示面板700包括端子519B、端子519C、導電膜511B或導電膜511C。 The display panel 700 includes a terminal 519B, a terminal 519C, a conductive film 511B, or a conductive film 511C.

顯示面板700包括像素電路530(i,j)或開關SW1。 The display panel 700 includes a pixel circuit 530 (i, j) or a switch SW1.

顯示面板700包括第一顯示元件750(i,j)、電極751(i,j)、反射膜、開口部、包含液晶材料的層753或電極752。 The display panel 700 includes a first display element 750 (i, j), an electrode 751 (i, j), a reflective film, an opening, a layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material, or an electrode 752.

顯示面板700包括配向膜AF1、配向膜AF2、彩色膜CF1、遮光膜BM、絕緣膜771、功能膜770P或功能膜770D。 The display panel 700 includes an alignment film AF1, an alignment film AF2, a color film CF1, a light-shielding film BM, an insulating film 771, a functional film 770P, or a functional film 770D.

顯示面板700包括第二顯示元件550(i,j)、電極551(i,j)、電極552或包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 The display panel 700 includes a second display element 550 (i, j), an electrode 551 (i, j), an electrode 552, or a layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material.

顯示面板700包括絕緣膜501B或絕緣膜501C。 The display panel 700 includes an insulating film 501B or an insulating film 501C.

顯示面板700包括驅動電路GD或驅動電路SD。 The display panel 700 includes a driving circuit GD or a driving circuit SD.

〈〈基板570〉〉 〈〈 Substrate 570 〉〉

作為基板570等,可以使用具有能夠承受製程中的熱處理的耐熱性的材料。例如,作為基板570,可以使用厚度為0.1mm以上且0.7mm以下的材料。明確而言,可以使用拋光至0.1mm左右厚的材料。 As the substrate 570 and the like, a material having heat resistance capable of withstanding the heat treatment in the manufacturing process can be used. For example, as the substrate 570, a material having a thickness of 0.1 mm to 0.7 mm can be used. Specifically, a material polished to a thickness of about 0.1 mm can be used.

例如,可以將第6代(1500mm×1850mm)、第7代(1870mm×2200mm)、第8代(2200mm×2400mm)、第9代(2400mm×2800mm)、第10代(2950mm×3400mm)等大面積的玻璃基板用作基板570等。由此,可以製造大型顯示裝置。 For example, the 6th generation (1500mm × 1850mm), the 7th generation (1870mm × 2200mm), the 8th generation (2200mm × 2400mm), the 9th generation (2400mm × 2800mm), and the 10th generation (2950mm × 3400mm) can be large. An area glass substrate is used as the substrate 570 and the like. Thereby, a large display device can be manufactured.

可以將有機材料、無機材料或混合有機材料和無機材料等的複合材料等用於基板570等。例如,可以將玻璃、陶瓷、金屬等無機材料用於基板570等。 An organic material, an inorganic material, or a composite material such as a mixture of an organic material and an inorganic material can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. For example, an inorganic material such as glass, ceramics, or metal can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

明確而言,可以將無鹼玻璃、鈉鈣玻璃、鉀鈣玻璃、水晶玻璃、鋁矽酸玻璃、強化玻璃、化學強化玻璃、石英或藍寶石等用於基板570等。明確而言,可以將無機氧化物膜、無機氮化物膜或無機氧氮化物膜等用於基板570等。例如,可以將氧化矽膜、氮化矽膜、氧氮化矽膜、氧化鋁膜等用於基板570等。可以將不鏽鋼或鋁等用於基板570等。 Specifically, alkali-free glass, soda-lime glass, potassium-lime glass, crystal glass, alumino-silicate glass, tempered glass, chemically strengthened glass, quartz or sapphire can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. Specifically, an inorganic oxide film, an inorganic nitride film, an inorganic oxynitride film, or the like can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. For example, a silicon oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxide film, or the like can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. For the substrate 570 or the like, stainless steel, aluminum, or the like can be used.

例如,可以將以矽或碳化矽為材料的單晶半導體基板或多晶半導體基板、以矽鍺等為材料的化合物半導體基板、SOI基板等用於基板570等。由此,可以將半導體元件形成於基板570等。 For example, a single crystal semiconductor substrate or a polycrystalline semiconductor substrate using silicon or silicon carbide as a material, a compound semiconductor substrate using silicon germanium or the like, a SOI substrate, or the like can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. Thereby, a semiconductor element can be formed on the substrate 570 or the like.

例如,可以將樹脂、樹脂薄膜或塑膠等有機材料用於基板570等。明確而言,可以將聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯或丙烯酸樹脂等的樹脂薄膜或樹脂板用於基板570等。 For example, an organic material such as resin, resin film, or plastic can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. Specifically, a resin film or a resin plate such as polyester, polyolefin, polyamide, polyimide, polycarbonate, or acrylic resin can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

例如,基板570等可以使用將金屬板、薄板 狀的玻璃板或無機材料等的膜貼合於樹脂薄膜等的複合材料。例如,基板570等可以使用將纖維狀或粒子狀的金屬、玻璃或無機材料等分散到樹脂薄膜而得到的複合材料。例如,基板570等可以使用將纖維狀或粒子狀的樹脂或有機材料等分散到無機材料而得到的複合材料。 For example, the substrate 570 can be a metal plate or a thin plate. A film such as a glass plate or an inorganic material is bonded to a composite material such as a resin film. For example, as the substrate 570, a composite material obtained by dispersing a fibrous or particulate metal, glass, inorganic material, or the like into a resin film can be used. For example, as the substrate 570, a composite material obtained by dispersing a fibrous or particulate resin or an organic material into an inorganic material can be used.

另外,可以將單層的材料或層疊有多個層的材料用於基板570等。例如,也可以將層疊有基材與防止包含在基材中的雜質擴散的絕緣膜等的材料用於基板570等。明確而言,可以將層疊有玻璃與防止包含在玻璃中的雜質擴散的選自氧化矽層、氮化矽層或氧氮化矽層等中的一種或多種的膜的材料用於基板570等。或者,可以將層疊有樹脂與防止穿過樹脂的雜質的擴散的氧化矽膜、氮化矽膜或氧氮化矽膜等的材料用於基板570等。 In addition, a single-layer material or a material in which a plurality of layers are stacked can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. For example, a material in which a base material and an insulating film that prevents diffusion of impurities contained in the base material are laminated may be used for the substrate 570 and the like. Specifically, the substrate 570 and the like can be made of a material in which one or more films selected from the group consisting of a silicon oxide layer, a silicon nitride layer, a silicon oxynitride layer, and the like, which prevent the diffusion of impurities contained in the glass, are laminated on the glass. . Alternatively, a material such as a silicon oxide film, a silicon nitride film, or a silicon oxynitride film in which a resin and a diffusion of impurities passing through the resin are laminated can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

具體地,可以將聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯或丙烯酸樹脂等的樹脂薄膜、樹脂板或疊層材料等用於基板570等。 Specifically, a resin film such as polyester, polyolefin, polyamide, polyimide, polycarbonate, or acrylic resin, a resin plate, or a laminate material can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

明確而言,可以將包含聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺(尼龍、芳族聚醯胺等)、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯、聚氨酯、丙烯酸樹脂、環氧樹脂或矽酮樹脂等具有矽氧烷鍵合的樹脂的材料用於基板570等。 Specifically, polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (nylon, aromatic polyamide, etc.), polyimide, polycarbonate, polyurethane, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, or silicone resin can be used. The material of the siloxane-bonded resin is used for the substrate 570 and the like.

明確而言,可以將聚對苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN)、聚醚碸(PES)或丙烯酸樹脂等用於基板570等。或者,可以使用環烯烴聚合物(COP)、環烯烴共聚物(COC)等。 Specifically, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyether fluorene (PES), acrylic resin, or the like can be used for the substrate 570 and the like. Alternatively, a cyclic olefin polymer (COP), a cyclic olefin copolymer (COC), or the like can be used.

另外,可以將紙或木材等用於基板570等。 In addition, paper, wood, or the like can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

例如,可以將具有撓性的基板用於基板570等。 For example, a flexible substrate can be used for the substrate 570 and the like.

此外,可以採用在基板上直接形成電晶體或電容器等的方法。另外,可以使用如下方法:例如在對製程中的加熱具有耐性的製程用基板上形成電晶體或電容器等,並將形成的電晶體或電容器等轉置到基板570等。由此,例如可以在具有撓性的基板上形成電晶體或電容器等。 In addition, a method of directly forming a transistor or a capacitor on the substrate can be adopted. In addition, for example, a method such as forming a transistor or a capacitor on a substrate for a process that is resistant to heating during the process, and transposing the formed transistor or capacitor to the substrate 570 or the like can be used. Thereby, for example, a transistor or a capacitor can be formed on a flexible substrate.

〈〈基板770〉〉 〈〈 Board 770 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於基板570的材料用於基板770。例如,可以將選自能夠用於基板570的材料中的具有透光性的材料用於基板770。或者,可以將選自能夠用於基板570的材料中的雙折射被抑制的材料用於基板770。 For example, a material that can be used for the substrate 570 can be used for the substrate 770. For example, a material having translucency selected from materials that can be used for the substrate 570 can be used for the substrate 770. Alternatively, a material whose birefringence is suppressed selected from materials that can be used for the substrate 570 may be used for the substrate 770.

例如,可以將鋁矽酸玻璃、強化玻璃、化學強化玻璃或藍寶石等適當地用於顯示面板中的配置在靠近使用者的一側的基板770。由此,可以防止使用時造成的顯示面板的損壞或損傷。 For example, aluminosilicate glass, tempered glass, chemically strengthened glass, sapphire, or the like can be suitably used for the substrate 770 disposed on the side close to the user in the display panel. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the display panel from being damaged or damaged during use.

例如,可以將環烯烴聚合物(COP)、環烯烴共聚物(COC)、三醋酸纖維素(TAC)等樹脂薄膜適當地用於基板770。由此,可以降低重量。或者,例如,可以降低因掉落導致的損傷等的發生頻率。 For example, a resin film such as a cyclic olefin polymer (COP), a cyclic olefin copolymer (COC), and cellulose triacetate (TAC) can be suitably used for the substrate 770. This can reduce weight. Alternatively, for example, it is possible to reduce the frequency of occurrence of damage and the like due to dropping.

此外,例如可以將厚度為0.1mm以上且0.7mm以下的材料用於基板770。明確而言,可以使用藉由拋光被減薄的基板。由此,可以使功能膜770D與第一顯示元件750(i,j)接近。其結果是,可以顯示很少模糊的清晰影像。 In addition, for example, a material having a thickness of 0.1 mm to 0.7 mm can be used for the substrate 770. Specifically, a substrate thinned by polishing can be used. Thereby, the functional film 770D can be brought close to the first display element 750 (i, j). As a result, a clear image with little blur can be displayed.

〈〈結構體KB1〉〉 〈〈 Structure KB1 〉〉

例如,可以將有機材料、無機材料或有機材料和無機材料的複合材料用於結構體KB1等。由此,可以將夾住結構體KB1等的結構之間設定成預定的間隔。 For example, an organic material, an inorganic material, or a composite material of an organic material and an inorganic material can be used for the structure KB1 and the like. Thereby, a predetermined interval can be set between the structures that sandwich the structural body KB1 and the like.

明確而言,可以將聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯、聚矽氧烷或丙烯酸樹脂等或選自上述樹脂中的多種樹脂的複合材料等用於結構體KB1。另外,也可以使用具有感光性的材料。 Specifically, polyester, polyolefin, polyamide, polyimide, polycarbonate, polysiloxane, or acrylic resin, or a composite material of a plurality of resins selected from the above resins can be used for the structure. KB1. Alternatively, a photosensitive material may be used.

〈〈密封劑705〉〉 〈〈 Sealant 705 〉〉

可以將無機材料、有機材料或無機材料和有機材料的複合材料等用於密封劑705等。 For the sealant 705 and the like, an inorganic material, an organic material, or a composite material of an inorganic material and an organic material can be used.

例如,可以將熱熔性樹脂或固化樹脂等有機材料用於密封劑705等。 For example, an organic material such as a hot-melt resin or a cured resin can be used for the sealant 705 and the like.

例如,可以將反應固化型黏合劑、光固化型黏合劑、熱固性黏合劑及/或厭氧型黏合劑等有機材料用於密封劑705等。 For example, an organic material such as a reaction-curable adhesive, a photo-curable adhesive, a thermosetting adhesive, and / or an anaerobic adhesive can be used for the sealant 705 and the like.

明確而言,可以將包含環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹 脂、矽酮樹脂、酚醛樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、亞胺樹脂、PVC(聚氯乙烯)樹脂、PVB(聚乙烯醇縮丁醛)樹脂、EVA(乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯)樹脂等的黏合劑用於密封劑705等。 Specifically, the Adhesion of grease, silicone resin, phenolic resin, polyimide resin, imine resin, PVC (polyvinyl chloride) resin, PVB (polyvinyl butyral) resin, EVA (ethylene-vinyl acetate) resin, etc. The agent is used for a sealant 705 and the like.

〈〈接合層505〉〉 〈〈 Joint Layer 505 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於密封劑705的材料用於接合層505。 For example, a material that can be used for the sealant 705 can be used for the bonding layer 505.

〈〈絕緣膜521〉〉 〈〈 Insulation Film 521 〉〉

例如,可以將絕緣性無機材料、絕緣性有機材料或包含無機材料和有機材料的絕緣性複合材料用於絕緣膜521等。 For example, an insulating inorganic material, an insulating organic material, or an insulating composite material containing an inorganic material and an organic material can be used for the insulating film 521 and the like.

明確而言,可以將無機氧化物膜、無機氮化物膜、無機氧氮化物膜等或層疊有選自這些材料中的多個材料的疊層材料用於絕緣膜521等。例如,可以將氧化矽膜、氮化矽膜、氧氮化矽膜、氧化鋁膜等或包含層疊有選自這些材料中的多個材料的疊層材料的膜用於絕緣膜521等。 Specifically, an inorganic oxide film, an inorganic nitride film, an inorganic oxynitride film, or the like, or a laminated material in which a plurality of materials selected from these materials are laminated can be used for the insulating film 521 and the like. For example, a silicon oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxide film, or the like or a film including a laminated material in which a plurality of materials selected from these materials are laminated can be used for the insulating film 521 and the like.

明確而言,可以將聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯、聚矽氧烷或丙烯酸樹脂等或選自上述樹脂中的多個樹脂的疊層材料或複合材料等用於絕緣膜521等。另外,也可以使用具有感光性的材料。 Specifically, a laminated material or a composite material of polyester, polyolefin, polyamide, polyimide, polycarbonate, polysiloxane, or acrylic resin or a plurality of resins selected from the above resins can be used. And the like for the insulating film 521 and the like. Alternatively, a photosensitive material may be used.

由此,例如可以使起因於與絕緣膜521重疊 的各種結構的步階平坦化。 Thereby, for example, it can be caused by overlapping with the insulating film 521 The steps of various structures are flattened.

〈〈光學元件560〉〉 〈〈 Optical Element 560 〉〉

光學元件560具有光軸Z(參照圖1C)。光軸Z穿過第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的中心及第三區域560C的中心。此外,第二區域560B包括傾斜部,該傾斜部對與光軸Z正交的平面具有45°以上的傾斜度θ,較佳為具有75°以上且85°以下的傾斜度θ。例如,圖示的第二區域560B整體對與光軸Z正交的平面具有大約60°的傾斜度。 The optical element 560 has an optical axis Z (see FIG. 1C). The optical axis Z passes through the center of the first region 560A where the visible light is supplied and the center of the third region 560C. In addition, the second region 560B includes an inclined portion having an inclination θ of 45 ° or more with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis Z, and preferably an inclination θ of 75 ° or more and 85 ° or less. For example, the illustrated second region 560B as a whole has an inclination of about 60 ° with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis Z.

另外,第二區域560B在離第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的端部有0.05μm以上且0.2μm以下的範圍內包括該傾斜部。注意,在第一區域560A與第二顯示元件550(i,j)接觸的情況下,第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的面積與第二顯示元件550(i,j)的能夠供應可見光的區域的面積相等。例如,圖示的第二區域560B的傾斜離第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的端部有距離d。 In addition, the second region 560B includes the inclined portion within a range of 0.05 μm or more and 0.2 μm or less from the end of the region to which the visible light is supplied from the first region 560A. Note that in a case where the first region 560A is in contact with the second display element 550 (i, j), the area of the region where the visible light is supplied from the first region 560A and the second display element 550 (i, j) are capable of supplying visible light The area of the area is equal. For example, the illustrated second region 560B is inclined at a distance d from the end of the region to which the visible light is supplied in the first region.

另外,第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域包括大於像素702(i,j)的面積的10%的面積(參照圖1D)。 The visible light-supplying region of the first region 560A includes an area larger than 10% of the area of the pixel 702 (i, j) (see FIG. 1D).

第三區域560C包括像素702(i,j)的面積的10%以下的面積。 The third area 560C includes an area of 10% or less of the area of the pixel 702 (i, j).

反射膜751B包括像素702(i,j)的面積的 70%以上的面積。 Reflective film 751B includes the area of pixel 702 (i, j) More than 70% of the area.

第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的面積與反射膜751B的面積之和大於像素702(i,j)的面積。 The sum of the area of the first region 560A to which the visible light is supplied and the area of the reflective film 751B is larger than the area of the pixel 702 (i, j).

例如,橫27μm縱81μm的矩形像素具有2187μm2的面積。向第一區域560A的324μm2的面積供應可見光。另外,第三區域560C具有81μm2的面積,反射膜751B具有1894μm2的面積。 For example, a rectangular pixel with a width of 27 μm and a length of 81 μm has an area of 2187 μm 2 . Visible light is supplied to an area of 324 μm 2 of the first region 560A. The third region 560C has an area of 81μm 2, the reflective film 751B has an area of 1894μm 2.

在上述結構中,第三區域560C的被供應可見光的區域的面積相當於像素的面積的大約14.8%。 In the above structure, the area of the third region 560C to which the visible light is supplied corresponds to about 14.8% of the area of the pixel.

反射膜751B的面積相當於像素的面積的大約86.6%。 The area of the reflective film 751B corresponds to approximately 86.6% of the area of the pixel.

第一區域560A的被供應可見光的區域的面積與反射膜751B的面積之和為2218μm2Between the area of the reflective film 751B of the first region 560A is supplied to a visible light region and 2218μm 2.

由此,第二區域可以集聚以各種角度入射到第一區域的光。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, the second region can collect light incident on the first region at various angles. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

可以將多個材料用於光學元件560。例如,可以將以折射率之差在0.2以下的範圍內的方式選擇的多個材料用於光學元件560。由此,可以抑制光學元件的內部的反射或散射。或者,可以抑制光的損失。 Multiple materials can be used for the optical element 560. For example, a plurality of materials selected so that the difference in refractive index is within a range of 0.2 or less may be used for the optical element 560. This can suppress reflection or scattering inside the optical element. Alternatively, the loss of light can be suppressed.

此外,可以將各種形狀用於光學元件560(參照圖17E)。例如,可以將圓形或多角形用於光學元件560的剖面形狀。或者,可以將平面或曲面用於光學元件560的第二區域560B。 In addition, various shapes can be used for the optical element 560 (see FIG. 17E). For example, a circular shape or a polygonal shape may be used for the cross-sectional shape of the optical element 560. Alternatively, a flat surface or a curved surface may be used for the second region 560B of the optical element 560.

〈〈覆蓋膜565〉〉 〈〈 Cover Film 565 〉〉

可以將單層膜或疊層膜用作覆蓋膜565。例如,可以將層疊具有透光性的膜及具有反射性的膜的材料用於覆蓋膜565。 A single-layer film or a laminated film may be used as the cover film 565. For example, a material for laminating a translucent film and a reflective film can be used for the cover film 565.

例如,可以將氧化物膜、氟化物膜、硫化物膜等無機材料用於具有透光性的膜。 For example, an inorganic material such as an oxide film, a fluoride film, or a sulfide film can be used for a film having a light-transmitting property.

例如,可以將金屬用於具有反射性的膜。明確而言,可以將包含銀的材料用於覆蓋膜565。例如,可以將包含銀及鈀等的材料或包含銀及銅等的材料用於反射膜。另外,可以將電介質的多層膜用作具有反射性的膜。 For example, a metal can be used for a reflective film. Specifically, a material containing silver may be used for the cover film 565. For example, a material including silver, palladium, or the like, or a material including silver, copper, or the like can be used for the reflective film. In addition, a dielectric multilayer film can be used as a reflective film.

〈〈絕緣膜528〉〉 〈〈 Insulation Film 528 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於絕緣膜521的材料用於絕緣膜528等。明確而言,可以將厚度為1μm的包含聚醯亞胺的膜用作絕緣膜528。 For example, a material that can be used for the insulating film 521 can be used for the insulating film 528 and the like. Specifically, a polyimide-containing film having a thickness of 1 μm can be used as the insulating film 528.

〈〈絕緣膜501B〉〉 〈〈 Insulation film 501B 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於絕緣膜521的材料用於絕緣膜501B。此外,例如可以將具有供應氫的功能的材料用於絕緣膜501B。 For example, a material that can be used for the insulating film 521 can be used for the insulating film 501B. In addition, for example, a material having a function of supplying hydrogen can be used for the insulating film 501B.

明確而言,可以將層疊有包含矽及氧的材料與包含矽及氮的材料的材料用於絕緣膜501B。例如,可以將具有藉由加熱等釋放氫而將該氫供應給其他組件的功 能的材料用於絕緣膜501B。明確而言,可以將具有藉由加熱等釋放製程中被引入的氫而將其供應給其他組件的功能的材料用於絕緣膜501B。 Specifically, a material in which a material containing silicon and oxygen and a material containing silicon and nitrogen are stacked can be used for the insulating film 501B. For example, a function of supplying hydrogen to other components by releasing hydrogen by heating or the like may be provided. A capable material is used for the insulating film 501B. Specifically, a material having a function of supplying hydrogen introduced to other components by a release process such as heating to supply it to other components can be used for the insulating film 501B.

例如,可以將藉由使用矽烷等作為源氣體的化學氣相沉積法形成的包含矽及氧的膜用作絕緣膜501B。 For example, a film containing silicon and oxygen formed by a chemical vapor deposition method using silane or the like as a source gas can be used as the insulating film 501B.

明確而言,可以將層疊包含矽及氧的厚度為200nm以上且600nm以下的材料以及包含矽及氮的厚度為200nm左右的材料而成的材料用於絕緣膜501B。 Specifically, a material formed by stacking a material including silicon and oxygen with a thickness of 200 nm to 600 nm and a material including silicon and nitrogen with a thickness of about 200 nm can be used for the insulating film 501B.

〈〈絕緣膜501C〉〉 〈〈 Insulation film 501C 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於絕緣膜521的材料用於絕緣膜501C。明確而言,可以將包含矽及氧的材料用於絕緣膜501C。由此,可以抑制雜質擴散到像素電路或第二顯示元件等。 For example, a material that can be used for the insulating film 521 can be used for the insulating film 501C. Specifically, a material containing silicon and oxygen can be used for the insulating film 501C. This can suppress the diffusion of impurities into the pixel circuit, the second display element, and the like.

例如,可以將包含矽、氧及氮的厚度為200nm的膜用作絕緣膜501C。 For example, a 200-nm-thick film containing silicon, oxygen, and nitrogen can be used as the insulating film 501C.

〈〈佈線、端子、導電膜〉〉 〈〈 Wiring, Terminal, Conductive Film 〉〉

可以將具有導電性的材料用於佈線等。明確而言,可以將具有導電性的材料用於信號線S1(j)、信號線S2(j)、掃描線G1(i)、掃描線G2(i)、佈線CSCOM、導電膜ANO、端子519B、端子519C、導電膜511B或導電膜511C等。 A conductive material can be used for wiring and the like. Specifically, a conductive material can be used for the signal line S1 (j), the signal line S2 (j), the scanning line G1 (i), the scanning line G2 (i), the wiring CSCOM, the conductive film ANO, and the terminal 519B. , Terminal 519C, conductive film 511B or conductive film 511C, and the like.

例如,可以將無機導電性材料、有機導電性材料、金屬或導電性陶瓷等用於佈線等。 For example, an inorganic conductive material, an organic conductive material, a metal, or a conductive ceramic can be used for wiring or the like.

具體地,可以將選自鋁、金、鉑、銀、銅、鉻、鉭、鈦、鉬、鎢、鎳、鐵、鈷、鈀或錳的金屬元素等用於佈線等。或者,可以將含有上述金屬元素的合金等用於佈線等。尤其是,銅和錳的合金適用於利用濕蝕刻法的微細加工。 Specifically, a metal element selected from the group consisting of aluminum, gold, platinum, silver, copper, chromium, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, nickel, iron, cobalt, palladium, or manganese can be used for wiring and the like. Alternatively, an alloy or the like containing the above-mentioned metal element can be used for wiring or the like. In particular, an alloy of copper and manganese is suitable for microfabrication by a wet etching method.

具體地,佈線等可以採用如下結構:在鋁膜上層疊有鈦膜的雙層結構;在氮化鈦膜上層疊有鈦膜的雙層結構;在氮化鈦膜上層疊有鎢膜的雙層結構;在氮化鉭膜或氮化鎢膜上層疊有鎢膜的雙層結構;依次層疊有鈦膜、鋁膜和鈦膜的三層結構等。 Specifically, wiring and the like may adopt the following structure: a double-layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on an aluminum film; a double-layer structure in which a titanium film is laminated on a titanium nitride film; a double-layer structure in which a tungsten film is laminated on a titanium nitride film Layer structure; a two-layer structure in which a tungsten film is laminated on a tantalum nitride film or a tungsten nitride film; a three-layer structure in which a titanium film, an aluminum film, and a titanium film are sequentially laminated.

具體地,可以將氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、添加了鎵的氧化鋅等導電氧化物用於佈線等。 Specifically, conductive oxides such as indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, and gallium-added zinc oxide can be used for wiring and the like.

具體地,可以將含有石墨烯或石墨的膜用於佈線等。 Specifically, a film containing graphene or graphite can be used for wiring and the like.

例如,可以形成含有氧化石墨烯的膜,然後藉由使含有氧化石墨烯的膜還原來形成含有石墨烯的膜。作為還原方法,可以舉出利用加熱的方法以及利用還原劑的方法等。 For example, a graphene oxide-containing film may be formed, and then a graphene oxide-containing film may be formed by reducing the graphene oxide-containing film. Examples of the reduction method include a method using heating and a method using a reducing agent.

例如,可以將包含金屬奈米線的膜用於佈線等。明確而言,可以使用包含銀的金屬奈米線。 For example, a film containing a metal nanowire can be used for wiring and the like. Specifically, metallic nanowires containing silver can be used.

明確而言,可以將導電高分子用於佈線等。 Specifically, conductive polymers can be used for wiring and the like.

此外,例如可以使用導電材料ACF1將端子519B與軟性印刷電路板FPC1電連接。 In addition, the terminal 519B may be electrically connected to the flexible printed circuit board FPC1 using a conductive material ACF1, for example.

〈〈第一導電膜、第二導電膜〉〉 << first conductive film, second conductive film >>

例如,可以將能夠用於佈線等的材料用於第一導電膜或第二導電膜。 For example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the first conductive film or the second conductive film.

此外,可以將電極751(i,j)或佈線等用於第一導電膜。 In addition, an electrode 751 (i, j), a wiring, or the like can be used for the first conductive film.

此外,可以將能夠用作開關SW1的電晶體的被用作源極電極或汲極電極的導電膜512B或佈線等用於第二導電膜。 In addition, a conductive film 512B, a wiring, or the like, which can be used as a transistor of the switch SW1 as a source electrode or a drain electrode, can be used for the second conductive film.

〈〈第一顯示元件750(i,j)〉〉 〈〈 First display element 750 (i, j) 〉〉

例如,可以將具有控制反射光或透光的功能的顯示元件用作第一顯示元件750(i,j)。例如,可以使用組合有液晶元件與偏光板的結構或快門方式的MEMS顯示元件、光干涉方式的MEMS顯示元件等。藉由使用反射型顯示元件,可以抑制顯示面板的功耗。例如,可以將使用微囊方式、電泳方式、電潤濕方式等的顯示元件用於第一顯示元件750(i,j)。明確而言,可以將反射型液晶顯示元件用作第一顯示元件750(i,j)。 For example, a display element having a function of controlling reflected light or light transmission may be used as the first display element 750 (i, j). For example, a structure in which a liquid crystal element and a polarizing plate are combined, a MEMS display element of a shutter system, a MEMS display element of an optical interference system, or the like can be used. By using a reflective display element, power consumption of a display panel can be suppressed. For example, a display element using a microcapsule method, an electrophoresis method, or an electrowetting method can be used for the first display element 750 (i, j). Specifically, a reflective liquid crystal display element can be used as the first display element 750 (i, j).

例如,可以使用可藉由IPS(In-Plane-Switching:平面內切換)模式、TN(Twisted Nematic:扭曲向列)模式、FFS(Fringe Field Switching:邊緣電 場切換)模式、ASM(Axially Symmetric aligned Micro-cell:軸對稱排列微單元)模式、OCB(Optically Compensated Birefringence:光學補償彎曲)模式、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal:鐵電性液晶)模式以及AFLC(Anti Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal:反鐵電性液晶)模式等驅動方法驅動的液晶元件。 For example, IPS (In-Plane-Switching: In-Plane Switching) mode, TN (Twisted Nematic: Twisted Nematic) mode, FFS (Fringe Field Switching) (Field switching) mode, ASMally (Axially Symmetric aligned Micro-cell) mode, OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence) mode, FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, and AFLC (Anti Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal: a liquid crystal element driven by a driving method such as an antiferroelectric liquid crystal) mode.

另外,可以使用可藉由例如如下模式驅動的液晶元件:垂直配向(VA)模式諸如MVA(Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment:多象限垂直配向)模式、PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment:垂直配向構型)模式、ECB(Electrically Controlled Birefringence:電控雙折射)模式、CPA(Continuous Pinwheel Alignment:連續焰火狀排列)模式、ASV(Advanced Super-View:高級超視覺)模式等。 In addition, a liquid crystal element that can be driven by, for example, a vertical alignment (VA) mode such as MVA (Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment) mode, a PVA (Pattern Vertical Alignment) mode, ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) mode, CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) mode, ASV (Advanced Super-View: advanced super-vision) mode, etc.

第一顯示元件750(i,j)包括第一電極、第二電極及包含液晶材料的層。包含液晶材料的層包含能夠利用第一電極和第二電極間的電壓控制配向的液晶材料。例如,可以將包含液晶材料的層的厚度方向(也被稱為縱方向)、與縱方向交叉的方向(也被稱為橫方向或斜方向)的電場用作控制液晶材料的配向的電場。 The first display element 750 (i, j) includes a first electrode, a second electrode, and a layer including a liquid crystal material. The liquid crystal material-containing layer includes a liquid crystal material capable of controlling alignment using a voltage between the first electrode and the second electrode. For example, an electric field in a thickness direction (also referred to as a longitudinal direction) of a layer containing a liquid crystal material and a direction crossing the longitudinal direction (also referred to as a horizontal direction or an oblique direction) can be used as an electric field that controls the alignment of the liquid crystal material.

〈〈包含液晶材料的層753〉〉 〈〈 Layer 753 containing liquid crystal material 〉〉

例如,可以將熱致液晶、低分子液晶、高分子液晶、高分子分散型液晶、鐵電液晶、反鐵電液晶等用於包含液 晶材料的層。或者,可以使用呈現膽固醇相、層列相、立方相、手性向列相、各向同性相等的液晶材料。或者,可以使用呈現藍相的液晶材料。 For example, thermotropic liquid crystals, low-molecular liquid crystals, polymer liquid crystals, polymer dispersed liquid crystals, ferroelectric liquid crystals, antiferroelectric liquid crystals, and the like can be used for the containing liquid. Layer of crystalline material. Alternatively, a liquid crystal material exhibiting a cholesterol phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, and an isotropic phase can be used. Alternatively, a liquid crystal material exhibiting a blue phase may be used.

例如,可以將負型液晶材料用於包含液晶材料的層。 For example, a negative-type liquid crystal material can be used for a layer containing the liquid crystal material.

例如,將具有1.0×1013Ω.cm以上、較佳為1.0×1014Ω.cm以上、更佳為1.0×1015Ω.cm以上的特定電阻係數率的液晶材料用於包含液晶材料的層753。因此,可以抑制第一顯示元件750(i,j)的穿透率的變動。或者,可以抑制第一顯示元件750(i,j)的閃爍。或者,可以減少第一顯示元件750(i,j)的改寫頻率。 For example, it will have 1.0 × 10 13 Ω. cm or more, preferably 1.0 × 10 14 Ω. cm or more, more preferably 1.0 × 10 15 Ω. A liquid crystal material having a specific resistivity of cm or more is used for the layer 753 including the liquid crystal material. Therefore, it is possible to suppress variations in the transmittance of the first display element 750 (i, j). Alternatively, flicker of the first display element 750 (i, j) can be suppressed. Alternatively, the rewriting frequency of the first display element 750 (i, j) can be reduced.

〈〈電極751(i, j)〉〉 〈〈 Electrode 751 (i, j) 〉〉

例如,可以將用於佈線等的材料用於電極751(i, j)。明確而言,可以將反射膜用於電極751(i, j)。例如,可以將層疊有具有透光性的導電膜與包括開口部的反射膜的材料用於電極751(i, j)。 For example, a material for wiring or the like can be used for the electrode 751 (i, j). Specifically, a reflective film can be used for the electrodes 751 (i, j). For example, a material in which a conductive film having a light-transmitting property and a reflective film including an opening portion are laminated can be used for the electrode 751 (i, j).

〈〈反射膜〉〉 <<Reflective film>>

例如,可以將反射可見光的材料用於反射膜。明確而言,可以將包含銀的材料用於反射膜。例如,可以將包含銀及鈀等的材料或包含銀及銅等的材料用於反射膜。 For example, a material that reflects visible light can be used for the reflective film. Specifically, a material containing silver can be used for the reflective film. For example, a material including silver, palladium, or the like, or a material including silver, copper, or the like can be used for the reflective film.

反射膜例如反射透過包含液晶材料的層753的光。由此,可以將第一顯示元件750用作反射型液晶元 件。另外,例如,可以將其表面不平坦的材料用於反射膜。由此,使入射的光向各種方向反射,而可以進行白色顯示。 The reflection film reflects, for example, light transmitted through the layer 753 including a liquid crystal material. Accordingly, the first display element 750 can be used as a reflective liquid crystal cell. Pieces. In addition, for example, a material having an uneven surface can be used for the reflective film. Thereby, the incident light is reflected in various directions, and white display can be performed.

例如,可以將第一導電膜或電極751(i,j)等用於反射膜。 For example, a first conductive film or an electrode 751 (i, j) or the like can be used for the reflective film.

例如,可以將包括在其與包含液晶材料的層753之間夾著具有透光性的導電膜751A的區域的膜用作反射膜751B(參照圖17A)。 For example, a film including a region in which a conductive film 751A having a light-transmitting property is sandwiched between the layer and the liquid crystal material-containing layer 753 can be used as the reflection film 751B (see FIG. 17A).

例如,可以將包括夾在包含液晶材料的層753與具有透光性的導電膜751C之間的區域的膜用作反射膜751B(參照圖17B)。 For example, a film including a region sandwiched between a layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material and a conductive film 751C having translucency may be used as the reflection film 751B (see FIG. 17B).

例如,可以將包括夾在具有透光性的導電膜751A與具有透光性的導電膜751C之間的區域的膜用作反射膜751B(參照圖17C)。 For example, a film including a region sandwiched between a light-transmitting conductive film 751A and a light-transmitting conductive film 751C may be used as the reflection film 751B (see FIG. 17C).

例如,也可以將對可見光具有反射性的膜用於第一電極751(i,j)(參照圖17D)。 For example, a film that is reflective to visible light may be used for the first electrode 751 (i, j) (see FIG. 17D).

反射膜具有形成有不遮斷第二顯示元件550(i,j)所發射的光的區域751H的形狀(參照圖18A至圖18C)。 The reflective film has a shape in which a region 751H that does not block light emitted from the second display element 550 (i, j) is formed (see FIGS. 18A to 18C).

例如,可以將包括一個或多個開口部的形狀用於反射膜。明確而言,可以將多角形、四角形、橢圓形、圓形或十字等形狀用於區域751H的形狀。另外,可以將細條狀、狹縫狀、方格狀的形狀用於區域751H的形狀。 For example, a shape including one or more openings may be used for the reflective film. Specifically, shapes such as a polygon, a quadrangle, an oval, a circle, or a cross can be used for the shape of the region 751H. In addition, a thin strip shape, a slit shape, and a checkered shape can be used for the shape of the region 751H.

當對於反射膜的總面積的區域751H的總面積的比過大時,使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)的顯示變暗。 When the ratio of the total area of the area 751H to the total area of the reflective film is too large, the display using the first display element 750 (i, j) becomes dark.

另外,當對於反射膜的總面積的區域751H的總面積的比過小時,使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)的顯示變暗。或者,有時第二顯示元件550(i,j)的可靠性會下降。 In addition, when the ratio of the total area of the region 751H to the total area of the reflective film is too small, the display using the second display element 550 (i, j) becomes dark. Alternatively, the reliability of the second display element 550 (i, j) may decrease.

例如,設置在像素702(i,j+1)中的區域751H不配置在經過設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H的在行方向(圖式中以箭頭R1表示的方向)上延伸的直線上(參照圖18A)。或者,例如,設置在像素702(i+1,j)中的區域751H不配置在經過設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H的在列方向(圖式中以箭頭C1表示的方向)上延伸的直線上(參照圖18B)。 For example, the area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j + 1) is not arranged in the row direction (the direction indicated by the arrow R1 in the figure) passing through the area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j). On an extended straight line (see FIG. 18A). Or, for example, the area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i + 1, j) is not arranged in the column direction (the direction indicated by the arrow C1 in the drawing) passing through the area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j) ) On a straight line (see FIG. 18B).

例如,設置在像素702(i,j+2)中的區域751H配置在經過設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H的在行方向上延伸的直線上(參照圖18A)。此外,設置在像素702(i,j+1)中的區域751H配置在設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H與設置在像素702(i,j+2)中的區域751H之間交叉於該直線的直線上。 For example, the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j + 2) is arranged on a straight line extending in the row direction through the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j) (see FIG. 18A). Further, a region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j + 1) is arranged between the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j) and the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j + 2) A straight line crossing the straight line.

或者,例如,設置在像素702(i+2,j)中的區域751H配置在經過設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H的在列方向上延伸的直線上(參照圖18B)。此外,例如,設置在像素702(i+1,j)中的區域751H配置 在設置在像素702(i,j)中的區域751H與設置在像素702(i+2,j)中的區域751H之間交叉於該直線的直線上。 Alternatively, for example, the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i + 2, j) is arranged on a straight line extending in the column direction through the region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j) (see FIG. 18B). In addition, for example, a region 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i + 1, j) is configured The area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i, j) and the area 751H provided in the pixel 702 (i + 2, j) intersect on the straight line.

藉由以與如上那樣配置的不遮斷光的區域重疊的方式配置第二顯示元件,可以使與一個像素相鄰的其他像素的第二元件遠離一個像素的第二顯示元件。或者,可以配置在與一個像素相鄰的其他像素的第二顯示元件上顯示與一個像素的第二顯示元件所顯示的顏色不同的顏色的顯示元件。或者,可以降低相鄰配置顯示不同顏色的多個顯示元件的難易度。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 By arranging the second display element so as to overlap the region where the light is not blocked as configured above, the second element of another pixel adjacent to one pixel can be separated from the second display element of one pixel. Alternatively, a display element that displays a color different from that displayed by the second display element of one pixel may be arranged on the second display element of another pixel adjacent to one pixel. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the difficulty of displaying a plurality of display elements of different colors arranged adjacently. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

或者,作為反射膜可以使用具有其端部被切除的形狀的電極751(i,j)等,以形成區域751H(參照圖18C)。明確而言,可以使用具有切除其端部以減短列方向(圖式中的以箭頭C1表示的方向)的形狀的電極751(i,j)等。 Alternatively, as the reflective film, an electrode 751 (i, j) or the like having a shape in which an end portion is cut off may be used to form a region 751H (see FIG. 18C). Specifically, an electrode 751 (i, j) or the like having a shape in which an end portion thereof is cut out to shorten the column direction (the direction indicated by the arrow C1 in the drawing) or the like can be used.

〈〈電極752〉〉 〈〈 Electrode 752 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠用於佈線等的材料用於電極752。例如,可以將選自能夠用於佈線等的材料中的具有透光性的材料用於電極752。 For example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the electrode 752. For example, a material having translucency selected from materials that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the electrode 752.

例如,可以將導電性氧化物、薄得可以透光的金屬膜或金屬奈米線等用於電極752。 For example, a conductive oxide, a metal film or a metal nanowire that is thin enough to transmit light can be used for the electrode 752.

明確而言,可以將包含銦的導電性氧化物用 於電極752。或者,可以將厚度為1nm以上且10nm以下的金屬薄膜用於電極752。此外,可以將包含銀的金屬奈米線用於電極752。 Specifically, a conductive oxide containing indium can be used. 于 electrode 752. Alternatively, a metal thin film having a thickness of 1 nm or more and 10 nm or less may be used for the electrode 752. In addition, a metal nanowire including silver may be used for the electrode 752.

明確而言,可以將氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、添加有鎵的氧化鋅、添加有鋁的氧化鋅等用於電極752。 Specifically, indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, gallium-added zinc oxide, aluminum-added zinc oxide, or the like can be used for the electrode 752.

〈〈配向膜AF1、配向膜AF2〉〉 << Alignment film AF1, alignment film AF2 >>

例如,可以將包含聚醯亞胺等的材料用於配向膜AF1或配向膜AF2。明確而言,可以使用藉由摩擦處理或藉由光配向技術使液晶材料在預定的方向上配向而形成的材料。 For example, a material containing polyimide or the like can be used for the alignment film AF1 or the alignment film AF2. Specifically, a material formed by orienting the liquid crystal material in a predetermined direction by a rubbing process or by a photo-alignment technique can be used.

例如,可以將包含可溶性聚醯亞胺的膜用於配向膜AF1或配向膜AF2。由此,可以降低形成配向膜AF1或配向膜AF2時所需要的溫度。其結果是,可以減輕形成配向膜AF1或配向膜AF2時會發生的對其他組件帶來的損壞。 For example, a film containing soluble polyfluorene imine can be used for the alignment film AF1 or the alignment film AF2. This can reduce the temperature required when forming the alignment film AF1 or the alignment film AF2. As a result, damage to other components that may occur when the alignment film AF1 or the alignment film AF2 is formed can be reduced.

〈〈彩色膜CF1〉〉 〈〈 Color Film CF1 〉〉

可以將使指定顏色的光透過的材料用於彩色膜CF1。由此,例如可以將彩色膜CF1用作濾色片。例如,可以將透過藍色光、綠色光或紅色光的材料用於彩色膜CF1。此外,可以將透過黃色光或白色光等的材料用於彩色膜。 A material that transmits light of a given color can be used for the color film CF1. Thus, for example, the color film CF1 can be used as a color filter. For example, a material that transmits blue light, green light, or red light can be used for the color film CF1. In addition, a material that transmits yellow light, white light, or the like can be used for the color film.

〈〈遮光膜BM〉〉 〈〈 Light-shielding film BM 〉〉

例如,可以將抑制透光的材料用於遮光膜BM。由此,例如可以將遮光膜BM用作黑矩陣。 For example, a material that suppresses light transmission can be used for the light-shielding film BM. Thus, for example, the light-shielding film BM can be used as a black matrix.

明確而言,可以包含顏料或染料的樹脂用於遮光膜BM。例如,可以將分散有碳黑樹脂用於遮光膜。 Specifically, a resin that may contain a pigment or a dye is used for the light-shielding film BM. For example, a carbon black resin may be used for the light-shielding film.

或者,可以將無機化合物、無機氧化物、包括多個無機氧化物的固溶體的複合氧化物等用於遮光膜BM。明確而言,可以將黑色鉻膜、包含氧化銅(II)的膜、包含氯化銅或氯化碲的膜用於遮光膜BM。 Alternatively, an inorganic compound, an inorganic oxide, a composite oxide including a solid solution of a plurality of inorganic oxides, or the like can be used for the light-shielding film BM. Specifically, a black chromium film, a film containing copper (II) oxide, or a film containing copper chloride or tellurium chloride can be used for the light-shielding film BM.

〈〈絕緣膜771〉〉 〈〈 Insulation film 771 〉〉

例如,可以將聚醯亞胺、環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂等用於絕緣膜771。 For example, polyimide, epoxy resin, acrylic resin, or the like can be used for the insulating film 771.

〈〈功能膜770P、功能膜770D〉〉 〈〈 Functional film 770P 、 Functional film 770D 〉〉

例如,可以將防反射膜、偏振膜、相位差膜、光擴散膜或聚光膜等用作功能膜770P或功能膜770D。 For example, an anti-reflection film, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a light diffusion film, a light-condensing film, or the like can be used as the functional film 770P or the functional film 770D.

明確而言,可以將包含二向色性染料的薄膜用作功能膜770P或功能膜770D。或者,可以將具有包括沿著與基體表面交叉的方向的軸的柱狀結構的材料用於功能膜770P或功能膜770D。由此,可以容易在沿著軸的方向上透過光,並且可以容易使光在其他方向上散射。 Specifically, a thin film containing a dichroic dye can be used as the functional film 770P or the functional film 770D. Alternatively, a material having a columnar structure including an axis along a direction intersecting the surface of the substrate may be used for the functional film 770P or the functional film 770D. Thereby, light can be easily transmitted in a direction along the axis, and light can be easily scattered in other directions.

另外,可以將抑制塵埃的附著的抗靜電膜、不容易被弄髒的具有拒水性的膜、抑制使用當中的損傷的 硬塗膜等用作功能膜770P。 In addition, an antistatic film that suppresses dust adhesion, a water-repellent film that is not easily stained, and A hard coat film or the like is used as the functional film 770P.

明確而言,可以將圓偏振膜用作功能膜770P。此外,可以將光擴散膜用作功能膜770D。 Specifically, a circularly polarizing film can be used as the functional film 770P. In addition, a light diffusion film can be used as the functional film 770D.

〈〈第二顯示元件550(i, j)〉〉 〈〈 Second Display Element 550 (i, j) 〉>

例如,可以將具有發射光的功能的顯示元件用作第二顯示元件550(i, j)。明確而言,可以將有機電致發光元件、無機電致發光元件、發光二極體或QDLED(Quantumn Dot LED:量子點發光二極體)等用作第二顯示元件550(i, j)。 For example, a display element having a function of emitting light may be used as the second display element 550 (i, j). Specifically, an organic electroluminescence element, an inorganic electroluminescence element, a light emitting diode, a QDLED (Quantum Dot LED), or the like can be used as the second display element 550 (i, j).

例如,可以將發光性有機化合物用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 For example, a light-emitting organic compound can be used for the layer 553 (j) containing a light-emitting material.

例如,可以將量子點用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。由此,可以發射半寬度窄且顏色鮮明的光。 For example, quantum dots can be used for the layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material. As a result, light having a narrow half-width and bright colors can be emitted.

例如,可以將層疊為發射藍色光的疊層材料、層疊為發射綠色光的疊層材料或者層疊為發射紅色光的疊層材料等用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 For example, a layer 553 (j) including a light-emitting material may be used, such as a laminate material that emits blue light, a laminate material that emits green light, or a laminate material that emits red light.

例如,可以將沿著信號線S2(j)在列方向上延伸的帶狀疊層材料用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 For example, a strip-shaped laminated material extending in the column direction along the signal line S2 (j) may be used for the layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material.

此外,例如可以將層疊為發射白色光的疊層材料用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。明確而言,可以將層疊有使用包含發射藍色光的螢光材料的發光性材料的層以及包含發射綠色光及紅色光的螢光材料以外的材料的層或者包含發射黃色光的螢光材料以外的材料的層的疊層 材料用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 In addition, for example, a laminate material laminated to emit white light can be used for the layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material. Specifically, a layer containing a luminescent material containing a fluorescent material emitting blue light and a layer containing a material other than fluorescent materials emitting green light and red light or a layer containing a fluorescent material emitting yellow light may be laminated. Stack of layers of material The material is used for the layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material.

例如,可以將能夠用於佈線等的材料用於電極551(i, j)。 For example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the electrodes 551 (i, j).

例如,可以將選自能夠用於佈線等的材料的對可見光具有透光性的材料用於電極551(i, j)。 For example, a material selected from materials which can be used for wiring and the like and which is transparent to visible light can be used for the electrodes 551 (i, j).

明確而言,作為電極551(i, j),可以使用導電性氧化物、包含銦的導電性氧化物、氧化銦、銦錫氧化物、銦鋅氧化物、氧化鋅、添加有鎵的氧化鋅等。或者,可以將薄得可以透光的金屬膜用於電極551(i, j)。或者,可以將使光的一部分透過且使光的其他一部分反射的金屬膜用於電極551(i, j)。由此,可以在第二顯示元件550(i, j)中設置微諧振器結構。其結果是,與其他光相比可以高效地提取指定波長的光。 Specifically, as the electrode 551 (i, j), a conductive oxide, a conductive oxide containing indium, indium oxide, indium tin oxide, indium zinc oxide, zinc oxide, or zinc oxide to which gallium is added can be used. Wait. Alternatively, a metal film that is thin enough to transmit light may be used for the electrodes 551 (i, j). Alternatively, a metal film that transmits a part of the light and reflects the other part of the light may be used for the electrodes 551 (i, j). Thereby, a micro-resonator structure can be provided in the second display element 550 (i, j). As a result, light of a specified wavelength can be extracted more efficiently than other lights.

例如,可以將能夠用於佈線等的材料用於電極552。明確而言,可以將對可見光具有反射性的材料用於電極552。 For example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the electrode 552. Specifically, a material that is reflective to visible light may be used for the electrode 552.

〈〈驅動電路GD〉〉 〈〈 Drive Circuit GD 〉〉

可以將移位暫存器等各種時序電路等用作驅動電路GD。例如,可以將電晶體MD、電容器等用作驅動電路GD。明確而言,可以使用能夠與可用作開關SW1的電晶體或包括電晶體M在同一製程中形成的半導體膜的電晶體。 Various driving circuits such as a shift register can be used as the driving circuit GD. For example, a transistor MD, a capacitor, or the like can be used as the driving circuit GD. Specifically, a transistor capable of forming a semiconductor film in the same process as the transistor that can be used as the switch SW1 or the transistor M can be used.

例如,可以將具有與能夠用作開關SW1的電 晶體不同的結構的電晶體用作電晶體MD。明確而言,可以將包括導電膜524的電晶體用作電晶體MD(參照圖11B)。 For example, a circuit A transistor having a different structure is used as the transistor MD. Specifically, a transistor including the conductive film 524 may be used as the transistor MD (see FIG. 11B).

此外,可以將與電晶體M相同的結構用於電晶體MD。 In addition, the same structure as the transistor M can be used for the transistor MD.

〈〈電晶體〉〉 〈〈 Transistor 〉〉

例如,可以將能夠在同一製程中形成的半導體膜用於驅動電路及像素電路的電晶體。 For example, a semiconductor film that can be formed in the same process can be used for a transistor of a driving circuit and a pixel circuit.

例如,可以將底閘極型電晶體或頂閘極型電晶體等用於驅動電路的電晶體或像素電路的電晶體。 For example, a transistor for a driving circuit or a transistor for a pixel circuit may be used, such as a bottom-gate transistor or a top-gate transistor.

這裡,例如,可以容易地將作為半導體包含非晶矽的底閘極型電晶體的生產線改造成作為半導體包含氧化物半導體的底閘極型電晶體的生產線。另外,例如,可以容易地將作為半導體包含多晶矽的頂閘極型電晶體的生產線改造成作為半導體包含氧化物半導體的頂閘極型電晶體的生產線。上述哪一種改造都可以有效地利用習知的生產線。 Here, for example, a production line of a bottom-gate transistor including an amorphous silicon as a semiconductor can be easily converted into a production line of a bottom-gate transistor including an oxide semiconductor as a semiconductor. In addition, for example, a production line of a top-gate transistor including a polycrystalline silicon as a semiconductor can be easily converted to a production line of a top-gate transistor including a semiconductor including an oxide semiconductor. Either of these transformations can make effective use of conventional production lines.

例如,可以利用將包含第14族元素的半導體用於半導體膜的電晶體。明確而言,可以將包含矽的半導體用於半導體膜。例如,可以使用將單晶矽、多晶矽、微晶矽或非晶矽等用於半導體膜的電晶體。 For example, a transistor using a semiconductor containing a Group 14 element for a semiconductor film can be used. Specifically, a semiconductor including silicon can be used for the semiconductor film. For example, a transistor using single crystal silicon, polycrystalline silicon, microcrystalline silicon, or amorphous silicon for a semiconductor film can be used.

將多晶矽用於半導體的電晶體的製造所需的溫度低於將單晶矽用於半導體的電晶體的製造所需的溫 度。 The temperature required for the production of transistors using polycrystalline silicon for semiconductors is lower than the temperature required for the production of transistors using single crystal silicon. degree.

另外,將多晶矽用於半導體的電晶體的場效移動率高於將非晶矽用於半導體的電晶體的場效移動率。由此,可以提高像素的開口率。另外,可以將以極高的密度設置的像素與閘極驅動電路及源極驅動電路形成在同一基板上。其結果是,可以減少構成電子裝置的構件數。 In addition, a field effect mobility of a transistor using polycrystalline silicon for a semiconductor is higher than a field effect mobility of a transistor using amorphous silicon for a semiconductor. Thereby, the aperture ratio of a pixel can be improved. In addition, the pixels provided at an extremely high density can be formed on the same substrate as the gate driving circuit and the source driving circuit. As a result, the number of components constituting the electronic device can be reduced.

將多晶矽用於半導體的電晶體的可靠性比將非晶矽用於半導體的電晶體高。 A transistor using polycrystalline silicon for semiconductors is more reliable than a transistor using amorphous silicon for semiconductors.

此外,可以利用使用化合物半導體的電晶體。明確而言,可以將包含砷化鎵的半導體用於半導體膜。 In addition, a transistor using a compound semiconductor can be used. Specifically, a semiconductor containing gallium arsenide can be used for the semiconductor film.

此外,可以利用使用有機半導體的電晶體。明確而言,可以將包含聚並苯類或石墨烯的有機半導體用於半導體膜。 In addition, a transistor using an organic semiconductor can be used. Specifically, an organic semiconductor containing polyacene or graphene can be used for the semiconductor film.

例如,可以利用將氧化物半導體用於半導體膜的電晶體。明確而言,可以將包含銦的氧化物半導體或包含銦、鎵及鋅的氧化物半導體用於半導體膜。 For example, an transistor using an oxide semiconductor for a semiconductor film can be used. Specifically, an oxide semiconductor containing indium or an oxide semiconductor containing indium, gallium, and zinc can be used for the semiconductor film.

例如,可以使用關閉狀態時的洩漏電流比將非晶矽用於半導體膜的電晶體小的電晶體。明確而言,可以使用將氧化物半導體用於半導體膜的電晶體。 For example, a transistor having a smaller leakage current in the off state than a transistor using amorphous silicon for a semiconductor film may be used. Specifically, a transistor using an oxide semiconductor for a semiconductor film can be used.

由此,與利用將非晶矽用於半導體膜的電晶體的像素電路相比,可以延長像素電路能夠保持影像信號的時間。明確而言,可以抑制閃爍的發生,並以低於30Hz、較佳為低於1Hz、更佳為低於1次/分的頻率供應 選擇信號。其結果是,可以降低資料處理裝置的使用者的眼睛疲勞。另外,可以降低用於驅動的功耗。 Therefore, compared with a pixel circuit using an transistor using amorphous silicon for a semiconductor film, the time during which the pixel circuit can hold an image signal can be extended. Specifically, the occurrence of flicker can be suppressed and supplied at a frequency lower than 30 Hz, preferably lower than 1 Hz, and more preferably lower than 1 time / minute. Select the signal. As a result, eyestrain of the user of the data processing device can be reduced. In addition, power consumption for driving can be reduced.

例如,可以將包括半導體膜508、導電膜504、導電膜512A及導電膜512B的電晶體用作開關SW1(參照圖12B)。此外,絕緣膜506包括夾在半導體膜508與導電膜504之間的區域。 For example, a transistor including the semiconductor film 508, the conductive film 504, the conductive film 512A, and the conductive film 512B can be used as the switch SW1 (see FIG. 12B). In addition, the insulating film 506 includes a region sandwiched between the semiconductor film 508 and the conductive film 504.

導電膜504包括與半導體膜508重疊的區域。導電膜504具有閘極電極的功能。絕緣膜506具有閘極絕緣膜的功能。 The conductive film 504 includes a region overlapping the semiconductor film 508. The conductive film 504 has a function of a gate electrode. The insulating film 506 functions as a gate insulating film.

導電膜512A及導電膜512B與半導體膜508電連接。導電膜512A具有源極電極的功能和汲極電極的功能中的一個,導電膜512B具有源極電極的功能和汲極電極的功能中的另一個。 The conductive film 512A and the conductive film 512B are electrically connected to the semiconductor film 508. The conductive film 512A has one of a function of a source electrode and a function of a drain electrode, and the conductive film 512B has the other of a function of a source electrode and a function of a drain electrode.

可以將包括導電膜524的電晶體用作驅動電路或像素電路的電晶體(參照圖11B)。導電膜524包括在其與導電膜504之間夾著半導體膜508的區域。此外,絕緣膜516包括夾在導電膜524與半導體膜508之間的區域。此外,例如,可以使供應與導電膜504相同的電位的佈線與導電膜524電連接。 The transistor including the conductive film 524 may be used as a transistor of a driving circuit or a pixel circuit (see FIG. 11B). The conductive film 524 includes a region in which the semiconductor film 508 is sandwiched between the conductive film 524 and the conductive film 504. In addition, the insulating film 516 includes a region sandwiched between the conductive film 524 and the semiconductor film 508. In addition, for example, a wiring that supplies the same potential as the conductive film 504 may be electrically connected to the conductive film 524.

例如,可以將層疊有包含鉭及氮的厚度為10nm的膜以及包含銅的厚度為300nm的膜的導電膜用作導電膜504。此外,包含銅的膜包括在其與絕緣膜506之間夾著包含鉭及氮的膜的區域。 For example, a conductive film including a film having a thickness of 10 nm including tantalum and nitrogen and a film having a thickness of 300 nm including copper can be used as the conductive film 504. The copper-containing film includes a region in which a film containing tantalum and nitrogen is sandwiched between the copper-containing film and the insulating film 506.

例如,可以將層疊有包含矽及氮的厚度為 400nm的膜以及包含矽、氧及氮的厚度為200nm的膜的材料用於絕緣膜506。此外,包含矽及氮的膜包括在其與半導體膜508之間夾著包含矽、氧及氮的膜的區域。 For example, the thickness including silicon and nitrogen can be stacked to A material of a 400 nm film and a 200 nm-thick film including silicon, oxygen, and nitrogen is used for the insulating film 506. The film containing silicon and nitrogen includes a region in which a film containing silicon, oxygen, and nitrogen is sandwiched between the film and silicon film 508.

例如,可以將包含銦、鎵及鋅的厚度為25nm的膜用作半導體膜508。 For example, a film having a thickness of 25 nm including indium, gallium, and zinc can be used as the semiconductor film 508.

例如,可以將依次層疊有包含鎢的厚度為50nm的膜、包含鋁的厚度為400nm的膜、包含鈦的厚度為100nm的膜的導電膜用作導電膜512A或導電膜512B。此外,包含鎢的膜包括與半導體膜508接觸的區域。 For example, a conductive film in which a 50-nm-thick film including tungsten, a 400-nm-thick film including aluminum, and a 100-nm-thick film including titanium can be sequentially stacked as the conductive film 512A or the conductive film 512B. In addition, the tungsten-containing film includes a region in contact with the semiconductor film 508.

〈顯示面板的結構例子5.〉 <Structure example of display panel 5.>

參照圖3至圖4B對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構進行說明。 A structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 4B.

圖3是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖3是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖。 FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A.

圖4A和圖4B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖4A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖4B是與圖4A所示的像素不同的結構的剖面圖。 4A and 4B are diagrams illustrating the structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 4A is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, and FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view of a structure different from the pixel shown in FIG. 4A.

本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的結構的與參照圖2A至圖2C說明的顯示面板700不同之處例如是:覆蓋膜565包括接觸於絕緣膜518的區域。在此,對不同 之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 The structure of the display panel described in this structural example is different from the display panel 700 described with reference to FIGS. 2A to 2C in that the cover film 565 includes a region contacting the insulating film 518, for example. Here, for different The details will be described, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure.

例如,藉由利用在設置於絕緣膜518的開口部中形成覆蓋膜565的方法,可以在覆蓋膜565中形成接觸於絕緣膜518的區域。 For example, by using a method of forming a cover film 565 in an opening portion provided in the insulating film 518, a region in contact with the insulating film 518 can be formed in the cover film 565.

明確而言,作為光阻遮罩使用在與區域751H重疊的區域中形成有開口部的絕緣膜521A,對絕緣膜518等進行蝕刻而形成開口部,由此在該開口部中形成覆蓋膜565(參照圖3)。 Specifically, an insulating film 521A having an opening in an area overlapping with the area 751H is used as a photoresist mask, and the insulating film 518 is etched to form an opening, thereby forming a cover film 565 in the opening. (See Figure 3).

另外,例如,在絕緣膜518中形成覆蓋膜565,該絕緣膜518在與區域751H重疊的區域中形成有開口部(參照圖4A)。 In addition, for example, a cover film 565 is formed in the insulating film 518 having an opening portion formed in a region overlapping the region 751H (see FIG. 4A).

此外,例如,使用多個光阻遮罩將絕緣膜518等蝕刻為步階形狀,然後形成覆蓋膜565。因此,可以使覆蓋膜565的形狀及第二區域560B的形狀成為步階形狀(參照圖4B)。 In addition, for example, a plurality of photoresist masks are used to etch the insulating film 518 or the like into a step shape, and then a cover film 565 is formed. Therefore, the shape of the cover film 565 and the shape of the second region 560B can be changed to a step shape (see FIG. 4B).

〈顯示面板的結構例子6.〉 <Structure example of display panel 6.>

參照圖5對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構進行說明。 The structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 5.

圖5是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖5是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖。 FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 5 is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A.

本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的結構可以包 括彩色膜CF2(參照圖5)。注意,本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的與參照圖2A至圖2C說明的顯示面板700不同之處例如是:功能層520包括彩色膜CF2。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 The structure of the display panel described in this structural example may include It includes a color film CF2 (see FIG. 5). Note that the display panel described in this structural example is different from the display panel 700 described with reference to FIGS. 2A to 2C in that, for example, the functional layer 520 includes a color film CF2. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

功能層520包括彩色膜CF2。彩色膜CF2包括夾在光學元件560與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間的區域(參照圖5)。 The functional layer 520 includes a color film CF2. The color film CF2 includes a region sandwiched between the optical element 560 and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 5).

〈〈彩色膜CF2〉〉 〈〈 Color Film CF2 〉〉

可以將使指定顏色的光透過的材料用於彩色膜CF2。由此,例如可以將彩色膜CF2用作濾色片。例如,可以將透過藍色光、綠色光或紅色光的材料用於彩色膜CF2。此外,可以將透過黃色光或白色光等的材料用於彩色膜。 A material that transmits light of a given color can be used for the color film CF2. Thus, for example, the color film CF2 can be used as a color filter. For example, a material that transmits blue light, green light, or red light can be used for the color film CF2. In addition, a material that transmits yellow light, white light, or the like can be used for the color film.

另外,可以將具有將被照射的光轉換為指定顏色的光的功能的材料用於彩色膜CF2。明確而言,可以將量子點用於彩色膜CF2。由此,可以進行色純度高的顯示。 In addition, a material having a function of converting the irradiated light into light of a specified color can be used for the color film CF2. Specifically, quantum dots can be used for the color film CF2. Thereby, a display with high color purity can be performed.

〈顯示面板的結構例子7.〉 <Structure example of display panel 7.>

參照圖6A和圖6B對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構進行說明。 The structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B.

圖6A和圖6B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖6A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷 線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖6B是具有與圖6A所示的像素不同的結構的像素的剖面圖。 6A and 6B are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6A is a cut along FIG. 1A 6B is a cross-sectional view of a pixel having a structure different from that shown in FIG. 6A.

本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的結構的與參照圖2A至圖2C說明的顯示面板700不同之處例如是:功能層520包括絕緣膜518B或絕緣膜521C。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 The structure of the display panel described in this structural example is different from the display panel 700 described with reference to FIGS. 2A to 2C in that the functional layer 520 includes an insulating film 518B or an insulating film 521C. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

例如,功能層520在第一顯示元件750(i,j)與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間包括絕緣膜518B(參照圖6A)。明確而言,在具有透光性的導電膜751C與光學元件560之間包括絕緣膜518B。由此,可以抑制第一顯示元件與第二顯示元件之間或第一顯示元件與像素電路之間的雜質擴散。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 For example, the functional layer 520 includes an insulating film 518B between the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 6A). Specifically, an insulating film 518B is included between the light-transmitting conductive film 751C and the optical element 560. This can suppress the diffusion of impurities between the first display element and the second display element or between the first display element and the pixel circuit. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

例如,可以將絕緣膜518A和絕緣膜518B的疊層膜用作絕緣膜518。 For example, a laminated film of an insulating film 518A and an insulating film 518B may be used as the insulating film 518.

例如,功能層520在第一顯示元件750(i,j)與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間包括絕緣膜521C(參照圖6B)。明確而言,在絕緣膜521B與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間包括絕緣膜521C。由此,可以抑制第一顯示元件與第二顯示元件之間的雜質擴散。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 For example, the functional layer 520 includes an insulating film 521C between the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 6B). Specifically, an insulating film 521C is included between the insulating film 521B and the second display element 550 (i, j). Thereby, the diffusion of impurities between the first display element and the second display element can be suppressed. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

例如,可以將絕緣膜521A、絕緣膜521B及絕緣膜521C的疊層膜用作絕緣膜521。 For example, a laminated film of the insulating film 521A, the insulating film 521B, and the insulating film 521C may be used as the insulating film 521.

〈顯示面板的結構例子8.〉 <Structure example of display panel 8.>

參照圖7A和圖7B對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構進行說明。 A structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 7A and 7B.

圖7A和圖7B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖7A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖7B是具有與圖7A所示的像素不同的結構的像素的剖面圖。 7A and 7B are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 7A is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, and FIG. 7B is a cross-sectional view of a pixel having a structure different from that of the pixel shown in FIG. 7A.

本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的結構的與參照圖2A至圖2C說明的顯示面板700不同之處例如是:第一區域560A具有彎曲的形狀,並且第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有彎曲的形狀。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 The structure of the display panel described in this structural example is different from the display panel 700 described with reference to FIGS. 2A to 2C in that the first region 560A has a curved shape, and the second display element 550 (i, j) has Curved shape. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

例如,第一區域560A具有向第三區域560C彎曲的形狀(參照圖7A)。 For example, the first region 560A has a shape that is curved toward the third region 560C (see FIG. 7A).

或者,第一區域560A具有向離第三區域560C遠的方向彎曲的形狀(參照圖7B)。 Alternatively, the first region 560A has a shape curved in a direction far from the third region 560C (see FIG. 7B).

由此,可以擴大第一區域的面積而不擴大相對於與光軸正交的平面的投影面積。或者,可以擴大沿著第一區域形成的第二顯示元件的面積而不擴大相對於與光軸正交的平面的投影面積。或者,可以在保持與相鄰的第二顯示元件之間的間隔的同時擴大第二顯示元件的面積。例如,在作為第二顯示元件使用有機EL元件的情況下, 可以使有機EL元件的面積大於第三區域的面積。或者,可以將其面積大於第三區域的有機EL元件所供應的光集聚在第三區域中。或者,可以在保持第三區域所射出的光的強度的同時減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。或者,可以容易製造以發光顏色不同的有機EL元件相鄰的方式配置的顯示面板。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, the area of the first region can be enlarged without increasing the projection area with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis. Alternatively, the area of the second display element formed along the first region can be enlarged without increasing the projection area with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis. Alternatively, the area of the second display element may be enlarged while maintaining the interval with the adjacent second display element. For example, when an organic EL element is used as the second display element, The area of the organic EL element can be made larger than that of the third region. Alternatively, light supplied from an organic EL element having an area larger than that of the third region may be concentrated in the third region. Alternatively, it is possible to reduce the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element while maintaining the intensity of the light emitted from the third region. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved. Alternatively, it is possible to easily manufacture a display panel in which organic EL elements having different emission colors are arranged adjacent to each other. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

〈顯示面板的結構例子9.〉 <Structure example of display panel 9.>

參照圖8A至圖9B對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構進行說明。 A structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 8A to 9B.

圖8A和圖8B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖8A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖8B是說明圖8A的一部分的剖面圖。 8A and 8B are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. 8A is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, and FIG. 8B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a part of FIG. 8A.

圖9A和圖9B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示面板的結構的圖。圖9A是沿著圖1A所示的切斷線Y1-Y2的像素的剖面圖,圖9B是與圖9A所示的像素不同的結構的剖面圖。 9A and 9B are diagrams illustrating a structure of a display panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 9A is a cross-sectional view of a pixel along a cutting line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. 1A, and FIG. 9B is a cross-sectional view of a structure different from the pixel shown in FIG. 9A.

本結構實例所說明的顯示面板的結構的與參照圖2A至圖2C說明的顯示面板700不同之處例如是包括透鏡580。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 The structure of the display panel described in this structural example is different from the display panel 700 described with reference to FIGS. 2A to 2C in that it includes, for example, a lens 580. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

在本實施方式中說明的顯示面板包括透鏡580,透鏡580包括夾在光學元件560與第二顯示元件550(i,j)之間的區域(參照圖8A和圖8B)。 The display panel described in this embodiment includes a lens 580 including a region sandwiched between the optical element 560 and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIGS. 8A and 8B).

透鏡580包括具有1.5以上且2.5以下的折射率的材料,透鏡580為凸透鏡。 The lens 580 includes a material having a refractive index of 1.5 to 2.5, and the lens 580 is a convex lens.

由此,例如可以將第二顯示元件所射出的光向光學元件的光軸集聚。或者,可以高效地利用第二顯示元件所射出的光。或者,可以擴大第二顯示元件的面積。或者,可以減少流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以擴大第二顯示元件的面積。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示面板。 Thereby, for example, the light emitted from the second display element can be concentrated toward the optical axis of the optical element. Alternatively, the light emitted from the second display element can be efficiently used. Alternatively, the area of the second display element can be enlarged. Alternatively, the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element can be reduced. Alternatively, the area of the second display element can be enlarged. As a result, a novel display panel having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

例如,可以將平凸透鏡用作透鏡580(參照圖8A和圖9A)。 For example, a plano-convex lens may be used as the lens 580 (refer to FIGS. 8A and 9A).

另外,可以將雙凸透鏡用作透鏡580(參照圖9B)。 In addition, a lenticular lens can be used as the lens 580 (see FIG. 9B).

〈〈透鏡580〉〉 〈〈 Lens 580 〉〉

可以將透過可見光的材料用於透鏡580。或者,可以將折射率為1.3以上且2.5以下的材料用於透鏡580。例如,可以將無機材料或有機材料用於透鏡580。 A material that transmits visible light may be used for the lens 580. Alternatively, a material having a refractive index of 1.3 or more and 2.5 or less may be used for the lens 580. For example, an inorganic material or an organic material may be used for the lens 580.

例如,可以將包含氧化物或硫化物的材料用於透鏡580。 For example, a material including an oxide or a sulfide may be used for the lens 580.

明確而言,可以將氧化鈰、氧化鉿、氧化鑭、氧化鎂、氧化鈮、氧化鉭、氧化鈦、氧化釔、氧化 鋅、包含銦和錫的氧化物、或者包含銦和鎵和鋅的氧化物等用於透鏡580。或者,可以將硫化鋅等用於透鏡580。 Specifically, cerium oxide, hafnium oxide, lanthanum oxide, magnesium oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, titanium oxide, yttrium oxide, oxide For the lens 580, zinc, an oxide containing indium and tin, or an oxide containing indium and gallium and zinc is used. Alternatively, zinc sulfide or the like can be used for the lens 580.

例如,可以將包含樹脂的材料用於透鏡580。明確而言,可以將引入氯、溴或碘的樹脂、引入重金屬原子的樹脂、引入芳雜環的樹脂、引入硫的樹脂等用於透鏡580。或者,可以將樹脂、具有其折射率高於樹脂的材料的奈米粒子的樹脂用於透鏡580。可以將氧化鈦或氧化鋯等用於奈米粒子。 For example, a resin-containing material may be used for the lens 580. Specifically, a resin that introduces chlorine, bromine, or iodine, a resin that introduces heavy metal atoms, a resin that introduces aromatic heterocycles, a resin that introduces sulfur, and the like can be used for the lens 580. Alternatively, a resin, a resin having nano particles having a refractive index higher than that of the resin, may be used for the lens 580. Titanium oxide, zirconia, or the like can be used for the nanoparticle.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

實施方式2 Embodiment 2

在本實施方式中,參照圖15A至圖16B3對本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的結構進行說明。 In this embodiment, a configuration of a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 15A to 16B3.

圖15A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的結構的方塊圖。圖15B是說明圖15A所示的像素的結構的方塊圖。 15A is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 15B is a block diagram illustrating a structure of a pixel shown in FIG. 15A.

圖16A是說明與圖15A所示的顯示面板的結構不同的結構的方塊圖。圖16B1、圖16B2及圖16B3是本發明的一個實施方式的顯示裝置的圖。 FIG. 16A is a block diagram illustrating a structure different from that of the display panel shown in FIG. 15A. 16B1, 16B2, and 16B3 are diagrams of a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

〈顯示裝置的結構例子〉 <Configuration Example of Display Device>

在本實施方式中說明的顯示裝置包括控制部238、顯示面板700(參照圖15A)。 The display device described in this embodiment includes a control unit 238 and a display panel 700 (see FIG. 15A).

〈〈控制部238〉〉 << Control Unit 238 >>

控制部238具有被供應影像資料V1及控制資料SS的功能。 The control unit 238 has a function of being supplied with the video data V1 and the control data SS.

控制部238具有根據影像資料V1生成第一資料V11及第二資料V12的功能。控制部238具有供應第一資料V11及第二資料V12的功能。 The control unit 238 has a function of generating the first data V11 and the second data V12 based on the video data V1. The control unit 238 has a function of supplying the first data V11 and the second data V12.

例如,控制部238包括延伸電路234及影像處理電路235M。 For example, the control unit 238 includes an extension circuit 234 and an image processing circuit 235M.

〈〈顯示面板700〉〉 〈〈 Display Panel 700 〉〉

顯示面板700具有被供應第一資料V11及第二資料V12的功能。此外,顯示面板700包括像素702(i,j)。 The display panel 700 has a function of being supplied with the first data V11 and the second data V12. In addition, the display panel 700 includes pixels 702 (i, j).

像素702(i,j)包括第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)(參照圖15B)。 The pixel 702 (i, j) includes a first display element 750 (i, j) and a second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 15B).

第一顯示元件750(i,j)具有根據第一資料V11進行顯示的功能,第一顯示元件750(i,j)是反射型顯示元件。 The first display element 750 (i, j) has a function of performing display according to the first data V11, and the first display element 750 (i, j) is a reflective display element.

第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有根據第二資料V12進行顯示的功能,第二顯示元件550(i,j)是發光元件。 The second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of performing display according to the second material V12, and the second display element 550 (i, j) is a light-emitting element.

例如,可以將實施方式1所說明的顯示面板用作顯示面板700。或者,可以使用顯示面板700B。例 如,可以提供電視接收系統(參照圖16B1)、影像監視器(參照圖16B2)或筆記本電腦(參照圖16B3)等。 For example, the display panel described in Embodiment 1 can be used as the display panel 700. Alternatively, the display panel 700B may be used. example For example, a television receiving system (see FIG. 16B1), an image monitor (see FIG. 16B2), or a notebook computer (see FIG. 16B3) can be provided.

由此,藉由使用第一顯示元件控制反射膜所反射的光的強度,可以顯示影像資料。或者,第一顯示元件可以利用外光進行顯示。或者,可以使外光的眩光不容易被看到。或者,可以使用第二顯示元件顯示影像資料。或者,可以以與使用第一顯示元件顯示的影像資料重疊的方式使用第二顯示元件顯示影像資料。或者,可以使用第二顯示元件補充使用第一顯示元件顯示的影像資料。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的顯示裝置。 Therefore, by controlling the intensity of light reflected by the reflective film using the first display element, image data can be displayed. Alternatively, the first display element may perform display using external light. Alternatively, the glare of external light can be made difficult to see. Alternatively, the second display element may be used to display the image data. Alternatively, the image data may be displayed using the second display element in a manner overlapping with the image data displayed using the first display element. Alternatively, the second display element may be used to supplement the image data displayed using the first display element. As a result, a novel display device having excellent convenience and reliability can be provided.

〈〈延伸電路234〉〉 << Extended Circuit 234 >>

延伸電路234具有使在壓縮狀態下被供應的影像資料V1擴展的功能。延伸電路234包括記憶部。記憶部例如具有儲存被擴展的影像資料的功能(參照圖15A)。 The extension circuit 234 has a function of expanding the video data V1 supplied in a compressed state. The extension circuit 234 includes a memory section. The storage unit has a function of storing expanded video data, for example (see FIG. 15A).

〈〈影像處理電路235M〉〉 〈〈 Image Processing Circuit 235M 〉〉

影像處理電路235M例如包括區域235M(1)及區域235M(2)。 The image processing circuit 235M includes, for example, an area 235M (1) and an area 235M (2).

區域235M(1)或區域235M(2)例如具有儲存包括在影像資料V1中的資料的功能。 The area 235M (1) or the area 235M (2) has a function of storing data included in the video data V1, for example.

影像處理電路235M例如具有根據規定的特性曲線校正影像資料V1而生成資料V11的功能及供應資料 V11的功能。明確而言,具有以第一顯示元件顯示良好的影像的方式生成資料V11的功能。 The image processing circuit 235M has, for example, a function of generating data V11 by correcting the image data V1 based on a predetermined characteristic curve and supplying the data V11 features. Specifically, it has a function of generating the data V11 in such a manner that the first display element displays a good image.

影像處理電路235M例如具有根據規定的特性曲線校正影像資料V1而生成資料V12的功能及供應資料V12的功能。明確而言,具有以第二顯示元件顯示良好的影像的方式生成資料V12的功能。 The image processing circuit 235M has, for example, a function of correcting the image data V1 based on a predetermined characteristic curve to generate the data V12 and a function of supplying the data V12. Specifically, it has a function of generating the data V12 such that the second display element displays a good image.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

實施方式3 Embodiment 3

在本實施方式中,參照圖19至圖22對本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構進行說明。 In this embodiment, a configuration of an input / output device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 19 to 22.

圖19是說明本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的結構的方塊圖。 FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of an input / output device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖20A至圖20C是說明能夠用於本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖。圖20A是輸入輸出面板的俯視圖。圖20B是說明輸入輸出面板的一部分的示意圖,圖20C是說明圖20B的一部分的示意圖。 20A to 20C are diagrams illustrating a configuration of an input-output panel that can be used in an input-output device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 20A is a plan view of an input / output panel. 20B is a schematic diagram illustrating a part of the input-output panel, and FIG. 20C is a schematic diagram illustrating a part of FIG. 20B.

圖21A至圖22是說明能夠用於本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出裝置的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖。圖21A是沿著圖20A的切斷線X1-X2、切斷線X3-X4、圖20C的切斷線X5-X6的剖面圖,圖21B是說明圖21A的結構的一部分的剖面圖。 21A to 22 are diagrams illustrating a configuration of an input-output panel that can be used in an input-output device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 21A is a cross-sectional view taken along cutting line X1-X2, cutting line X3-X4, and cutting line X5-X6 of FIG. 20C, and FIG. 21B is a cross-sectional view illustrating a part of the structure of FIG. 21A.

圖22是沿著圖20C的切斷線X7-X8、圖20A的切斷線X9-X10、切斷線X11-X12的剖面圖。 22 is a cross-sectional view taken along a cutting line X7-X8 of FIG. 20C, a cutting line X9-X10, and a cutting line X11-X12 of FIG. 20A.

〈輸入輸出裝置的結構例子〉 <Configuration Example of I / O Device>

在本實施方式中說明的輸入輸出裝置包括輸入部240、顯示部230(參照圖19)。例如,可以將實施方式1所記載的顯示面板700用於顯示部230。 The input / output device described in this embodiment includes an input unit 240 and a display unit 230 (see FIG. 19). For example, the display panel 700 described in Embodiment 1 can be used for the display unit 230.

輸入部240包括與顯示部230重疊的區域,輸入部240包括檢測區域241(參照圖19)。 The input unit 240 includes a region overlapping the display unit 230, and the input unit 240 includes a detection region 241 (see FIG. 19).

檢測區域241包括檢測元件775(g,h)。 The detection area 241 includes a detection element 775 (g, h).

檢測元件775(g,h)具有檢測靠近與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域的物體的功能。 The detection element 775 (g, h) has a function of detecting an object near an area overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j).

〈〈輸入部240〉〉 〈〈 Input section 240 〉〉

輸入部240包括檢測區域241、振盪電路OSC及檢測電路DC(參照圖19)。 The input unit 240 includes a detection area 241, an oscillation circuit OSC, and a detection circuit DC (see FIG. 19).

〈〈檢測區域241〉〉 〈〈 Detection area 241 〉〉

檢測區域241包括控制線CL(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)。 The detection area 241 includes a control line CL (g) and a detection signal line ML (h).

控制線CL(g)具有供應控制信號的功能,檢測信號線ML(h)具有被供應檢測信號的功能。 The control line CL (g) has a function of supplying a control signal, and the detection signal line ML (h) has a function of being supplied with a detection signal.

〈〈檢測元件775(g,h)〉〉 〈〈 Detection element 775 (g, h) 〉〉

檢測元件775(g,h)與控制線CL(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)電連接。 The detection element 775 (g, h) is electrically connected to the control line CL (g) and the detection signal line ML (h).

檢測元件775(g,h)具有供應根據與靠近重疊於像素702(i,j)的區域的物體之間的距離及控制信號變化的檢測信號的功能。另外,檢測元件775(g,h)包括電極C(g)及電極M(h)。 The detection element 775 (g, h) has a function of supplying a detection signal that changes according to a distance from an object close to an area overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j) and a control signal. The detection element 775 (g, h) includes an electrode C (g) and an electrode M (h).

電極C(g)在與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域中包括具有透光性的區域,電極C(g)與控制線CL(g)電連接。 The electrode C (g) includes a region having translucency in a region overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j). The electrode C (g) is electrically connected to the control line CL (g).

電極M(h)在與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域中包括具有透光性的區域,電極M(h)與檢測信號線ML(h)電連接。電極M(h)以在與電極C(g)之間形成電場的方式配置,該電場的一部分被靠近與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域的物體遮蔽。 The electrode M (h) includes a light-transmitting region in a region overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j), and the electrode M (h) is electrically connected to the detection signal line ML (h). The electrode M (h) is arranged so that an electric field is formed between the electrode M (h) and the electrode C (g), and a part of the electric field is blocked by an object close to the area overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j).

由此,可以在使用顯示部顯示影像資料的同時,檢測靠近與顯示部重疊的區域的物體。或者,可以將接近顯示部的手指等用作指示器而輸入位置資料。或者,可以使位置資料與顯示在顯示部上的影像資料相關聯。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出裝置。 This makes it possible to detect an object near an area overlapping the display portion while displaying the video data using the display portion. Alternatively, the position data may be input using a finger or the like close to the display section as a pointer. Alternatively, the position data may be associated with the image data displayed on the display section. As a result, it is possible to provide a novel input / output device excellent in convenience and reliability.

例如,可以將具有透光性的導電膜用於電極C(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)。或者,可以將在與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域包括開口部的導電膜用於電極C(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)。由此,可以以不遮蔽顯示 面板的顯示的方式檢測出靠近與顯示面板重疊的區域的物體。或者,可以將其導電率高於透明導電膜的金屬膜用於電極C(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)。因此,可以減薄輸入輸出裝置的厚度。 For example, a light-transmitting conductive film can be used for the electrode C (g) and the detection signal line ML (h). Alternatively, a conductive film including an opening in a region overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j) may be used for the electrode C (g) and the detection signal line ML (h). This makes it possible to display without obscuring The display of the panel detects an object close to the area overlapping the display panel. Alternatively, a metal film whose conductivity is higher than that of the transparent conductive film may be used for the electrode C (g) and the detection signal line ML (h). Therefore, the thickness of the input-output device can be reduced.

此外,可以使用遮光膜BM(參照圖20B及圖22)。遮光膜BM例如包括與電極C(g)及檢測信號線ML(h)重疊的區域以及夾在基板770與電極C(g)之間或基板770與檢測信號線ML(h)之間的區域。由此,可以降低檢測元件775(g,h)所反射的外光的強度。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出裝置。 In addition, a light-shielding film BM can be used (see FIGS. 20B and 22). The light-shielding film BM includes, for example, a region overlapping with the electrode C (g) and the detection signal line ML (h) and a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the electrode C (g) or between the substrate 770 and the detection signal line ML (h). . This can reduce the intensity of the external light reflected by the detection element 775 (g, h). As a result, it is possible to provide a novel input / output device excellent in convenience and reliability.

另外,檢測區域241包括一組檢測元件775(g,1)至檢測元件775(g,q)、另一組檢測元件775(1,h)至檢測元件775(p,h)(參照圖19)。g是1以上且p以下的整數,h是1以上且q以下的整數,並且p及q是1以上的整數。 The detection area 241 includes a set of detection elements 775 (g, 1) to 775 (g, q), and another set of detection elements 775 (1, h) to 775 (p, h) (see FIG. 19). ). g is an integer of 1 or more and p or less, h is an integer of 1 or more and q or less, and p and q are integers of 1 or more.

一組檢測元件775(g,1)至檢測元件775(g,q)包括檢測元件775(g,h)並配置在行方向(圖式中的以箭頭R2表示的方向)上。注意,圖19中以箭頭R2表示的方向與圖19中以箭頭R1表示的方向既可以相同又可以不同。 A set of detection elements 775 (g, 1) to 775 (g, q) includes detection elements 775 (g, h) and is arranged in a row direction (direction indicated by arrow R2 in the drawing). Note that the direction indicated by arrow R2 in FIG. 19 and the direction indicated by arrow R1 in FIG. 19 may be the same or different.

另一組檢測元件775(1,h)至檢測元件775(p,h)包括檢測元件775(g,h)並配置在與行方向交叉的列方向(圖19中的以箭頭C2表示的方向)上。 Another set of detection elements 775 (1, h) to 775 (p, h) includes detection elements 775 (g, h) and is arranged in a column direction that intersects the row direction (the direction indicated by arrow C2 in FIG. 19 )on.

設置在行方向上的一組檢測元件775(g,1)至檢測元件775(g,q)包括與控制線CL(g)電連接的電極C(g)(參照圖20B)。 The set of detection elements 775 (g, 1) to 775 (g, q) provided in the row direction includes an electrode C (g) electrically connected to the control line CL (g) (see FIG. 20B).

配置在列方向上的另一組檢測元件775(1,h)至檢測元件775(p,h)包括與檢測信號線ML(h)電連接的電極M(h)。 The other set of detection elements 775 (1, h) to 775 (p, h) arranged in the column direction includes electrodes M (h) electrically connected to the detection signal line ML (h).

控制線CL(g)包括導電膜BR(g,h)(參照圖20B、圖20C及圖21A)。導電膜BR(g, h)具有與檢測信號線ML(h)重疊的區域。 The control line CL (g) includes a conductive film BR (g, h) (see FIGS. 20B, 20C, and 21A). The conductive film BR (g, h) has a region overlapping the detection signal line ML (h).

絕緣膜706包括被夾在檢測信號線ML(h)與導電膜BR(g,h)之間的區域。由此,可以防止檢測信號線ML(h)與導電膜BR(g,h)之間的短路。 The insulating film 706 includes a region sandwiched between the detection signal line ML (h) and the conductive film BR (g, h). Thereby, a short circuit between the detection signal line ML (h) and the conductive film BR (g, h) can be prevented.

〈〈振盪電路OSC〉〉 〈〈 Oscillation Circuit〉

振盪電路OSC與控制線CL(g)電連接,並具有供應控制信號的功能。例如,可以將矩形波、鋸形波、三角形波等用於控制信號。 The oscillation circuit OSC is electrically connected to the control line CL (g) and has a function of supplying a control signal. For example, a rectangular wave, a saw wave, a triangle wave, or the like can be used for the control signal.

〈〈檢測電路DC〉〉 〈〈 Detection Circuit DC 〉〉

檢測電路DC與檢測信號線ML(h)電連接,並具有根據檢測信號線ML(h)的電位變化供應檢測信號的功能。此外,檢測信號例如包括位置資料P1。 The detection circuit DC is electrically connected to the detection signal line ML (h), and has a function of supplying a detection signal according to a potential change of the detection signal line ML (h). The detection signal includes, for example, position data P1.

〈〈顯示部230〉〉 〈〈 Display 230 〉〉

例如,可以將實施方式1所說明的顯示面板用於顯示部230。或者,可以將實施方式2所說明的顯示裝置用於顯示部230。 For example, the display panel described in Embodiment 1 can be used for the display unit 230. Alternatively, the display device described in Embodiment 2 may be used for the display unit 230.

這裡,第二顯示元件550(i,j)所發射的光的一部分有時在透過包含液晶材料的層753之後,被控制線CL(g)或電極752等反射。例如,有時在電極752與電極751(i,j)之間反復反射光。或者,有時在基板770與電極751(i,j)之間反復反射光。由此,可以使用從第二顯示元件發射的光如間接照明那樣顯示影像資料。或者,第二顯示元件可以實現對眼睛刺激少的顯示。 Here, a part of the light emitted from the second display element 550 (i, j) may be reflected by the control line CL (g) or the electrode 752 after passing through the layer 753 containing the liquid crystal material. For example, light may be repeatedly reflected between the electrode 752 and the electrode 751 (i, j). Alternatively, light may be repeatedly reflected between the substrate 770 and the electrodes 751 (i, j). Thereby, video data can be displayed using indirect illumination using light emitted from the second display element. Alternatively, the second display element can achieve a display with less eye irritation.

〈〈輸入輸出面板700TP2〉〉 〈〈 Input and output panel 700TP2 〉〉

例如,輸入輸出面板700TP2與實施方式1所說明的顯示面板700的不同之處在於功能層720的結構及包括頂閘極型電晶體。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 For example, the input-output panel 700TP2 is different from the display panel 700 described in Embodiment 1 in the structure of the functional layer 720 and includes a top-gate transistor. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

〈〈功能層720〉〉 〈〈 Function Layer 720 〉〉

功能層720包括夾在基板770與絕緣膜501C之間的區域。功能層720包括遮光膜BM、絕緣膜771、彩色膜CF1、控制線CL(g)、檢測信號線ML(h)、檢測元件775(g,h)(參照圖21A或圖22)。 The functional layer 720 includes a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the insulating film 501C. The functional layer 720 includes a light shielding film BM, an insulating film 771, a color film CF1, a control line CL (g), a detection signal line ML (h), and a detection element 775 (g, h) (see FIG. 21A or FIG. 22).

此外,在控制線CL(g)與電極752之間或檢測信號線ML(h)與電極752之間具有0.2μm以上且 16μm以下,較佳為1μm以上且8μm以下,更佳為2.5μm以上且4μm以下的間隔。因此,可以抑制控制信號或檢測信號對第一顯示元件的顯示狀態造成的影響。 In addition, it is 0.2 μm or more between the control line CL (g) and the electrode 752 or between the detection signal line ML (h) and the electrode 752, and 16 μm or less, preferably 1 μm or more and 8 μm or less, and more preferably 2.5 μm or more and 4 μm or less. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the influence of the control signal or the detection signal on the display state of the first display element.

〈〈導電膜511D〉〉 〈〈 Conductive Film 511D 〉〉

本實施方式所說明的輸入輸出面板700TP2包括導電膜511D(參照圖22)。 The input / output panel 700TP2 described in this embodiment includes a conductive film 511D (see FIG. 22).

另外,可以在控制線CL(g)與導電膜511D之間設置導電材料CP等,以將控制線CL(g)與導電膜511D電連接。或者,可以在檢測信號線ML(h)與導電膜511D之間設置導電材料CP等,以將檢測信號線ML(h)與導電膜511D電連接。例如,可以將能夠用於佈線等的材料用於導電膜511D。 In addition, a conductive material CP or the like may be provided between the control line CL (g) and the conductive film 511D to electrically connect the control line CL (g) and the conductive film 511D. Alternatively, a conductive material CP or the like may be provided between the detection signal line ML (h) and the conductive film 511D to electrically connect the detection signal line ML (h) and the conductive film 511D. For example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used for the conductive film 511D.

〈〈端子519D〉〉 〈〈 Terminal 519D 〉〉

在本實施方式中說明的輸入輸出面板700TP2包括端子519D。端子519D與導電膜511D電連接。 The input / output panel 700TP2 described in this embodiment includes a terminal 519D. The terminal 519D is electrically connected to the conductive film 511D.

端子519D例如可以使用能夠用於佈線等的材料。明確而言,可以將與端子519B或端子519C相同的結構用於端子519D(參照圖22)。 As the terminal 519D, for example, a material that can be used for wiring and the like can be used. Specifically, the same structure as that of the terminal 519B or the terminal 519C can be used for the terminal 519D (see FIG. 22).

此外,例如可以使用導電材料ACF2將端子519D與軟性印刷電路板FPC2電連接。由此,例如可以使用端子519D對控制線CL(g)供應控制信號。或者,可以使用端子519D從檢測信號線ML(h)接收檢測信號。 In addition, the conductive material ACF2 can be used to electrically connect the terminal 519D and the flexible printed circuit board FPC2, for example. Thus, for example, a control signal can be supplied to the control line CL (g) using the terminal 519D. Alternatively, the detection signal may be received from the detection signal line ML (h) using the terminal 519D.

〈〈開關SW1、電晶體M、電晶體MD〉〉 << Switch SW1, Transistor M, Transistor MD >>

能夠用於開關SW1的電晶體、電晶體M以及電晶體MD包括具有與絕緣膜501C重疊的區域的導電膜504以及具有夾在絕緣膜501C與導電膜504之間的區域的半導體膜508。此外,導電膜504具有閘極電極的功能(參照圖21B)。 The transistor, the transistor M, and the transistor MD that can be used for the switch SW1 include a conductive film 504 having a region overlapping the insulating film 501C and a semiconductor film 508 having a region sandwiched between the insulating film 501C and the conductive film 504. The conductive film 504 has a function of a gate electrode (see FIG. 21B).

半導體膜508具有:不與導電膜504重疊的第一區域508A及第二區域508B;以及第一區域508A與第二區域508B之間的重疊於導電膜504的第三區域508C。 The semiconductor film 508 includes a first region 508A and a second region 508B that do not overlap the conductive film 504, and a third region 508C that overlaps the conductive film 504 between the first region 508A and the second region 508B.

電晶體MD在第三區域508C與導電膜504之間包括絕緣膜506。絕緣膜506具有閘極絕緣膜的功能。 The transistor MD includes an insulating film 506 between the third region 508C and the conductive film 504. The insulating film 506 functions as a gate insulating film.

第一區域508A及第二區域508B具有比第三區域508C低的電阻率,並具有源極區域的功能或汲極區域的功能。 The first region 508A and the second region 508B have a lower resistivity than the third region 508C, and have a function of a source region or a function of a drain region.

例如,可以對氧化物半導體膜施加使用包含稀有氣體的氣體的電漿處理在半導體膜508中形成第一區域508A及第二區域508B。 For example, a plasma process using a gas containing a rare gas may be applied to the oxide semiconductor film to form the first region 508A and the second region 508B in the semiconductor film 508.

例如,可以將導電膜504用作遮罩。由此,第三區域508C的一部分的形狀可以自對準地與導電膜504的端部的形狀一致。 For example, the conductive film 504 can be used as a mask. Thereby, the shape of a part of the third region 508C can self-align with the shape of the end portion of the conductive film 504.

電晶體MD包括與第一區域508A接觸的導電膜512A以及與第二區域508B接觸的導電膜512B。導電 膜512A及導電膜512B具有源極電極或汲極電極的功能。 The transistor MD includes a conductive film 512A in contact with the first region 508A and a conductive film 512B in contact with the second region 508B. Conductive The film 512A and the conductive film 512B have a function of a source electrode or a drain electrode.

例如,可以將能夠在與電晶體MD同一的製程中形成的電晶體用作電晶體M。 For example, a transistor that can be formed in the same process as the transistor MD can be used as the transistor M.

〈輸入輸出面板的結構例子2.〉 <Structure example of input / output panel 2.>

參照圖27至圖28D對本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出面板的結構進行說明。 A structure of an input / output panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 27 to 28D.

圖27是說明本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖。圖27是輸入輸出面板所包括的像素的剖面圖。 FIG. 27 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of an input / output panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of pixels included in the input-output panel.

圖28A至圖28D是說明本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出面板的結構的圖。圖28A是說明圖27所示的輸入輸出面板的功能膜的結構的剖面圖,圖28B是說明輸入單元的結構的剖面圖,圖28C是說明第二單元的結構的剖面圖,圖28D是說明第一單元的結構的剖面圖。 28A to 28D are diagrams illustrating a configuration of an input / output panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 28A is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of a functional film of the input-output panel shown in FIG. 27, FIG. 28B is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of an input unit, FIG. 28C is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of a second unit, and FIG. Sectional view of the structure of the first unit.

本結構實例所說明的輸入輸出面板700TP3包括像素702(i,j)(參照圖27)。此外,輸入輸出面板700TP3包括第一單元10、第二單元20、輸入單元30和功能膜770P(參照圖28A至圖28D)。第一單元10包括功能層520,第二單元20包括功能層720。 The input-output panel 700TP3 described in this configuration example includes pixels 702 (i, j) (see FIG. 27). In addition, the input-output panel 700TP3 includes a first unit 10, a second unit 20, an input unit 30, and a functional film 770P (see FIGS. 28A to 28D). The first unit 10 includes a functional layer 520 and the second unit 20 includes a functional layer 720.

〈〈像素702(i,j)〉〉 〈〈 Pixel 702 (i, j) 〉〉

像素702(i,j)包括功能層520的一部分、第一顯 示元件750(i,j)和第二顯示元件550(i,j)(參照圖27)。 The pixel 702 (i, j) includes a part of the functional layer 520, a first display The display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) (see FIG. 27).

功能層520包括第一導電膜、第二導電膜、絕緣膜501C及像素電路530(i,j)。此外,未圖示的像素電路530(i,j)例如包括電晶體M。功能層520包括光學元件560、覆蓋膜565及透鏡580。功能層520包括絕緣膜528及絕緣膜521。可以將層疊有絕緣膜521A及絕緣膜521B的材料用於絕緣膜521。 The functional layer 520 includes a first conductive film, a second conductive film, an insulating film 501C, and a pixel circuit 530 (i, j). The pixel circuit 530 (i, j) (not shown) includes a transistor M, for example. The functional layer 520 includes an optical element 560, a cover film 565, and a lens 580. The functional layer 520 includes an insulating film 528 and an insulating film 521. A material in which the insulating film 521A and the insulating film 521B are laminated can be used for the insulating film 521.

例如,可以將折射率為1.55附近的材料用於絕緣膜521A或絕緣膜521B。或者,可以將折射率為1.6附近的材料用於絕緣膜521A或絕緣膜521B。或者,可以將丙烯酸樹脂或聚醯亞胺用於絕緣膜521A或絕緣膜521B。 For example, a material having a refractive index near 1.55 can be used for the insulating film 521A or the insulating film 521B. Alternatively, a material having a refractive index near 1.6 may be used for the insulating film 521A or the insulating film 521B. Alternatively, an acrylic resin or polyimide may be used for the insulating film 521A or the insulating film 521B.

絕緣膜501C包括夾在第一導電膜與第二導電膜之間的區域,絕緣膜501C包括開口部591A。 The insulating film 501C includes a region sandwiched between the first conductive film and the second conductive film, and the insulating film 501C includes an opening portion 591A.

第一導電膜與第一顯示元件750(i,j)電連接。明確而言,第一導電膜與第一顯示元件750(i,j)的電極751(i,j)電連接。此外,可以將電極751(i,j)用作第一導電膜。 The first conductive film is electrically connected to the first display element 750 (i, j). Specifically, the first conductive film is electrically connected to the electrode 751 (i, j) of the first display element 750 (i, j). In addition, the electrode 751 (i, j) can be used as the first conductive film.

第二導電膜包括與第一導電膜重疊的區域。第二導電膜在開口部591A中與第一導電膜電連接。例如,可以將導電膜512B用作第二導電膜。第二導電膜與像素電路530(i,j)電連接。例如,可以將用作用於像素電路530(i,j)的開關SW1的電晶體的源極電極或汲 極電極的導電膜用作第二導電膜。這裡,可以將在設置於絕緣膜501C中的開口部591A中與第二導電膜電連接的第一導電膜稱為貫穿電極。 The second conductive film includes a region overlapping the first conductive film. The second conductive film is electrically connected to the first conductive film in the opening portion 591A. For example, the conductive film 512B may be used as the second conductive film. The second conductive film is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j). For example, a source electrode or a drain of a transistor used as the switch SW1 for the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) may be used. The conductive film of the electrode is used as the second conductive film. Here, the first conductive film electrically connected to the second conductive film in the opening portion 591A provided in the insulating film 501C may be referred to as a through electrode.

第二顯示元件550(i,j)與像素電路530(i,j)電連接。第二顯示元件550(i,j)具有向功能層520發射光的功能。此外,第二顯示元件550(i,j)例如具有向透鏡580或光學元件560發射光的功能。 The second display element 550 (i, j) is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j). The second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of emitting light to the functional layer 520. The second display element 550 (i, j) has a function of emitting light to the lens 580 or the optical element 560, for example.

第二顯示元件550(i,j)以在能夠看到使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)的顯示的範圍的一部分中能夠看到使用該第二顯示元件的顯示的方式設置。例如,作為第一顯示元件750(i,j)的電極751(i,j)的形狀,採用包括不遮斷第二顯示元件550(i,j)所發射的光的區域751H的形狀。此外,在圖式中以虛線的箭頭示出外光入射到第一顯示元件750(i,j)而被反射的方向,該第一顯示元件750(i,j)控制反射外光的強度來顯示影像資料。此外,在圖式中以實線的箭頭示出第二顯示元件550(i,j)向能夠看到使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)的顯示的範圍的一部分發射光的方向。 The second display element 550 (i, j) is provided so that the display using the second display element can be seen in a part of the range where the display using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be seen. For example, as the shape of the electrode 751 (i, j) of the first display element 750 (i, j), a shape including a region 751H that does not block light emitted from the second display element 550 (i, j) is adopted. In the drawing, the direction of the external light incident on the first display element 750 (i, j) and reflected is indicated by a dotted arrow. The first display element 750 (i, j) controls the intensity of reflected external light to display video material. In the drawing, solid arrows indicate the direction in which the second display element 550 (i, j) emits light toward a part of the range where the display using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be seen.

由此,在能夠看到使用第一顯示元件的顯示的區域的一部分中,能夠看到使用第二顯示元件的顯示。或者,使用者能夠在不需要改變輸入輸出面板的姿勢等的情況下看到顯示。或者,可以將第一顯示元件所反射的光呈現的物體色乘以第二顯示元件所發射的光呈現的光源色。或者,可以使用物體色及光源色實現繪畫似的顯示。 其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的輸入輸出面板。 Thereby, in a part of the area where the display using the first display element can be seen, the display using the second display element can be seen. Alternatively, the user can see the display without changing the posture or the like of the input / output panel. Alternatively, the object color represented by the light reflected by the first display element may be multiplied by the light source color represented by the light emitted by the second display element. Alternatively, you can use object colors and light source colors to achieve painting-like display. As a result, it is possible to provide a novel input / output panel having excellent convenience and reliability.

例如,第一顯示元件750(i,j)包括電極751(i,j)、電極752和包含液晶材料的層753。此外,包括配向膜AF1和配向膜AF2。明確而言,可以將反射型液晶元件用作第一顯示元件750(i,j)。 For example, the first display element 750 (i, j) includes an electrode 751 (i, j), an electrode 752, and a layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material. In addition, an alignment film AF1 and an alignment film AF2 are included. Specifically, a reflective liquid crystal element can be used as the first display element 750 (i, j).

例如,可以將折射率為2.0附近的透明導電膜用作電極752或電極751(i,j)。明確而言,可以將包含銦和錫和矽的氧化物用於電極752或電極751(i,j)。或者,可以將折射率為1.6附近的材料用於配向膜。 For example, a transparent conductive film having a refractive index around 2.0 can be used as the electrode 752 or the electrode 751 (i, j). Specifically, an oxide containing indium and tin and silicon can be used for the electrode 752 or the electrode 751 (i, j). Alternatively, a material having a refractive index near 1.6 can be used for the alignment film.

例如,第二顯示元件550(i,j)包括電極551(i,j)、電極552和包含發光性材料的層553(j)。電極552包括與電極551(i,j)重疊的區域。包含發光性材料的層553(j)包括夾在電極551(i,j)與電極552之間的區域。電極551(i,j)在連接部522中與像素電路530(i,j)電連接。明確而言,可以將有機EL元件用作第二顯示元件550(i,j)。 For example, the second display element 550 (i, j) includes an electrode 551 (i, j), an electrode 552, and a layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material. The electrode 552 includes a region overlapping the electrode 551 (i, j). The layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material includes a region sandwiched between the electrode 551 (i, j) and the electrode 552. The electrode 551 (i, j) is electrically connected to the pixel circuit 530 (i, j) in the connection portion 522. Specifically, an organic EL element can be used as the second display element 550 (i, j).

例如,可以將折射率為2.0附近的透明導電膜用於電極551(i,j)。明確而言,可以將包含銦和錫和矽的氧化物用於電極551(i,j)。或者,可以將折射率為1.8附近的材料用於包含發光性材料的層553(j)。 For example, a transparent conductive film having a refractive index around 2.0 can be used for the electrodes 551 (i, j). Specifically, an oxide including indium, tin, and silicon can be used for the electrode 551 (i, j). Alternatively, a material having a refractive index in the vicinity of 1.8 may be used for the layer 553 (j) containing a luminescent material.

光學元件560具有透光性,光學元件560包括第一區域、第二區域及第三區域。 The optical element 560 is translucent. The optical element 560 includes a first region, a second region, and a third region.

第一區域包括從第二顯示元件550(i,j)被 供應可見光的區域,第二區域包括與覆蓋膜565接觸的區域,第三區域具有發射可見光的一部分的功能。此外,第三區域具有第一區域的被供應可見光的區域的面積以下的面積。 The first region includes the second display element 550 (i, j) A region in which visible light is supplied, the second region includes a region in contact with the cover film 565, and the third region has a function of emitting a part of visible light. In addition, the third region has an area equal to or smaller than that of the region to which the visible light is supplied in the first region.

覆蓋膜565具有對可見光的反射性,並具有反射可見光的一部分而將其供應到第三區域的功能。 The cover film 565 is reflective to visible light, and has a function of reflecting a part of the visible light and supplying it to the third region.

例如,可以將金屬用於覆蓋膜565。明確而言,可以將包含銀的材料用於覆蓋膜565。例如,可以將包含銀及鈀等的材料或包含銀及銅等的材料用於覆蓋膜565。 For example, a metal may be used for the cover film 565. Specifically, a material containing silver may be used for the cover film 565. For example, a material containing silver, palladium, or the like, or a material containing silver, copper, or the like can be used for the cover film 565.

〈〈功能層720〉〉 〈〈 Function Layer 720 〉〉

功能層720包括夾在基板770與絕緣膜501C之間的區域。功能層720包括絕緣膜771、彩色膜CF1。 The functional layer 720 includes a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the insulating film 501C. The functional layer 720 includes an insulating film 771 and a color film CF1.

彩色膜CF1包括夾在基板770與第一顯示元件750(i,j)之間的區域。 The color film CF1 includes a region sandwiched between the substrate 770 and the first display element 750 (i, j).

絕緣膜771包括夾在彩色膜CF1與包含液晶材料的層753之間的區域。由此,可以使因彩色膜CF1的厚度產生的凹凸為平坦。或者,可以抑制從彩色膜CF1等擴散到包含液晶材料的層753的雜質。 The insulating film 771 includes a region sandwiched between the color film CF1 and the layer 753 containing a liquid crystal material. As a result, the unevenness due to the thickness of the color film CF1 can be made flat. Alternatively, impurities that diffuse from the color film CF1 and the like to the layer 753 including the liquid crystal material can be suppressed.

例如,可以將折射率為1.55附近的丙烯酸樹脂用於絕緣膜771。 For example, an acrylic resin having a refractive index around 1.55 can be used for the insulating film 771.

〈〈基板570、基板770〉〉 << Substrate 570, Substrate 770 >>

此外,本實施方式所說明的輸入輸出面板包括基板570和基板770。 The input / output panel described in this embodiment includes a substrate 570 and a substrate 770.

基板770包括與基板570重疊的區域。基板770包括在與基板570之間夾著功能層520的區域。 The substrate 770 includes a region overlapping the substrate 570. The substrate 770 includes a region between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 570.

基板770包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域。例如,可以將雙折射得到抑制的材料用於該區域。 The substrate 770 includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j). For example, a material whose birefringence is suppressed can be used for this region.

例如,可以將折射率為1.5附近的樹脂材料用於基板770。 For example, a resin material having a refractive index around 1.5 can be used for the substrate 770.

〈〈接合層505〉〉 〈〈 Joint Layer 505 〉〉

此外,本實施方式所說明的輸入輸出面板包括接合層505。 The input / output panel described in this embodiment includes a bonding layer 505.

接合層505包括夾在功能層520與基板570之間的區域,並具有將功能層520和基板570貼在一起的功能。 The bonding layer 505 includes a region sandwiched between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 570 and has a function of attaching the functional layer 520 and the substrate 570 together.

〈〈結構體KB1、結構體KB2〉〉 〈〈 Structure KB1, Structure KB2 〉〉

此外,本實施方式所說明的輸入輸出面板包括結構體KB1和結構體KB2。 The input / output panel described in this embodiment includes a structure KB1 and a structure KB2.

結構體KB1具有在功能層520與基板770之間提供指定的空隙的功能。結構體KB1包括與區域751H重疊的區域,結構體KB1具有透光性。由此,可以將第二顯示元件550(i,j)所發射的光供應到一個面,並將 其從另一個面發射。 The structure body KB1 has a function of providing a predetermined gap between the functional layer 520 and the substrate 770. The structure body KB1 includes a region overlapping the area 751H, and the structure body KB1 has translucency. Thereby, the light emitted from the second display element 550 (i, j) can be supplied to one surface, and It was launched from the other side.

此外,結構體KB1包括與光學元件560重疊的區域,例如,將以與用於光學元件560的材料的折射率的差異為0.2以下的方式選擇的材料用於結構體KB1。由此,可以高效地利用第二顯示元件所發射的光。或者,可以擴大第二顯示元件的面積。或者,可以降低流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。 The structure KB1 includes a region overlapping the optical element 560. For example, a material selected so that the difference in refractive index between the material and the material used for the optical element 560 is 0.2 or less is used for the structure KB1. This makes it possible to efficiently use the light emitted from the second display element. Alternatively, the area of the second display element can be enlarged. Alternatively, the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element can be reduced.

結構體KB2具有將偏振層770PB的厚度控制為規定的厚度的功能。結構體KB2包括與第二顯示元件550(i,j)重疊的區域,並具有透光性。 The structure KB2 has a function of controlling the thickness of the polarizing layer 770PB to a predetermined thickness. The structure body KB2 includes a region overlapping the second display element 550 (i, j) and has a light-transmitting property.

或者,可以將使規定的顏色的光透過的材料用於結構體KB1或結構體KB2。由此,例如可以將結構體KB1或結構體KB2用作濾色片。例如,可以將使藍色、綠色或紅色的光透過的材料用於結構體KB1或結構體KB2。此外,可以將使黃色的光或白色的光等透過的材料用於結構體KB1或結構體KB2。 Alternatively, a material that transmits light of a predetermined color may be used for the structure KB1 or the structure KB2. Thus, for example, the structure KB1 or the structure KB2 can be used as a color filter. For example, a material that transmits blue, green, or red light may be used for the structure KB1 or the structure KB2. A material that transmits yellow light, white light, or the like may be used for the structure KB1 or the structure KB2.

明確而言,可以將聚酯、聚烯烴、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯、聚矽氧烷或丙烯酸樹脂等或者從上述樹脂選擇的多個樹脂的複合材料等用於結構體KB1或結構體KB2。此外,也可以使用具有感光性的材料形成結構體KB1或結構體KB2。 Specifically, polyester, polyolefin, polyamide, polyimide, polycarbonate, polysiloxane, or acrylic resin, or a composite material of a plurality of resins selected from the above resins can be used for the structure. KB1 or structure KB2. Alternatively, the structural body KB1 or the structural body KB2 may be formed using a photosensitive material.

例如,可以將折射率為1.5附近的丙烯酸樹脂用於結構體KB1。此外,可以將折射率為1.55附近的丙烯酸樹脂用於結構體KB2。 For example, an acrylic resin having a refractive index around 1.5 can be used for the structure KB1. In addition, an acrylic resin having a refractive index around 1.55 can be used for the structure KB2.

〈〈輸入單元30〉〉 〈〈 Input Unit 30 〉〉

輸入單元30包括檢測元件。檢測元件具有檢測接近與像素702(i,j)重疊的區域的物體的功能。由此,可以將接近顯示部的手指等用作指示器而輸入位置資料。 The input unit 30 includes a detection element. The detection element has a function of detecting an object approaching a region overlapping the pixel 702 (i, j). This allows position data to be input using a finger or the like approaching the display portion as a pointer.

例如,可以將靜電電容型接近感測器、電磁感應型接近感測器、光學式接近感測器、電阻膜式接近感測器或表面聲波式接近感測器等用於輸入單元30。明確而言,可以使用表面型靜電電容式、投影型靜電電容式或紅外線檢測型接近感測器。 For example, an electrostatic capacitance type proximity sensor, an electromagnetic induction type proximity sensor, an optical type proximity sensor, a resistive film type proximity sensor, or a surface acoustic wave type proximity sensor can be used for the input unit 30. Specifically, a surface-type capacitance type, a projection-type capacitance type, or an infrared detection type proximity sensor can be used.

例如,可以將包括靜電電容式接近感測器的折射率為1.6附近的觸控感測器用於輸入單元30。 For example, a touch sensor including a capacitive proximity sensor with a refractive index near 1.6 may be used for the input unit 30.

〈〈功能膜770D、功能膜770P等〉〉 〈〈 Functional Film 770D, Functional Film 770P, etc. 〉〉

此外,本實施方式所說明的輸入輸出面板700TP3包括功能膜770D和功能膜770P。 The input / output panel 700TP3 described in this embodiment includes a functional film 770D and a functional film 770P.

功能膜770D包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域。功能膜770D包括在與功能層520之間夾住第一顯示元件750(i,j)的區域。 The functional film 770D includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j). The functional film 770D includes a region that sandwiches the first display element 750 (i, j) with the functional layer 520.

例如,可以將光擴散薄膜用作功能膜770D。明確而言,可以將具有包括沿著與基材表面交叉的方向的軸的柱狀結構的材料用於功能膜770D。由此,可以容易朝沿著軸的方向使光透過,並且可以容易朝其他方向使光散射。或者,例如可以擴散第一顯示元件750(i,j)所 反射的光。 For example, a light diffusion film can be used as the functional film 770D. Specifically, a material having a columnar structure including an axis along a direction crossing the surface of the substrate may be used for the functional film 770D. Thereby, light can be easily transmitted in a direction along the axis, and light can be easily scattered in other directions. Alternatively, for example, the first display element 750 (i, j) may be diffused. Reflected light.

功能膜770P包括偏振層770PB、相位差薄膜770PA或結構體KB2。偏振層770PB包括開口部,相位差薄膜770PA包括與偏振層770PB重疊的區域。此外,結構體KB2設置在開口部中。 The functional film 770P includes a polarizing layer 770PB, a retardation film 770PA, or a structure KB2. The polarizing layer 770PB includes an opening, and the retardation film 770PA includes a region overlapping the polarizing layer 770PB. Further, the structure body KB2 is provided in the opening portion.

例如,可以將二色性色素、液晶材料及樹脂用於偏振層770PB。偏振層770PB具有偏振性。由此,可以將功能膜770P用作偏光板。 For example, a dichroic dye, a liquid crystal material, and a resin can be used for the polarizing layer 770PB. The polarizing layer 770PB is polarizing. Thereby, the functional film 770P can be used as a polarizing plate.

偏振層770PB包括與第一顯示元件750(i,j)重疊的區域,結構體KB2包括與第二顯示元件550(i,j)重疊的區域。由此,可以將液晶元件用作第一顯示元件。例如,可以將反射型液晶元件用作第一顯示元件。或者,可以高效地取出第二顯示元件所發射的光。或者,可以降低流過有機EL元件的電流的密度。或者,可以提高有機EL元件的可靠性。 The polarizing layer 770PB includes a region overlapping the first display element 750 (i, j), and the structure KB2 includes a region overlapping the second display element 550 (i, j). Thereby, a liquid crystal element can be used as a first display element. For example, a reflective liquid crystal element can be used as the first display element. Alternatively, the light emitted from the second display element can be efficiently extracted. Alternatively, the density of the current flowing through the organic EL element can be reduced. Alternatively, the reliability of the organic EL element can be improved.

例如,可以將防反射膜、偏振膜、相位差薄膜用作功能膜770P。明確而言,可以將包含二色性色素的膜及相位差薄膜用作功能膜770P。 For example, an anti-reflection film, a polarizing film, and a retardation film can be used as the functional film 770P. Specifically, a film containing a dichroic pigment and a retardation film can be used as the functional film 770P.

另外,可以將抑制塵埃的附著的抗靜電膜、不容易被弄髒的具有拒水性的膜、抑制使用時的損傷的硬塗膜等用作功能膜770P。 In addition, an antistatic film that suppresses adhesion of dust, a water-repellent film that is not easily stained, a hard coating film that suppresses damage during use, and the like can be used as the functional film 770P.

例如,可以將折射率為1.6附近的材料用於擴散薄膜。此外,可以將折射率為1.6附近的材料用於相位差薄膜770PA。 For example, a material having a refractive index around 1.6 can be used for the diffusion film. In addition, a material having a refractive index around 1.6 can be used for the retardation film 770PA.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

實施方式4 Embodiment 4

在本實施方式中,參照圖23A至圖25說明本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置的結構。 In this embodiment, a configuration of a data processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 23A to 25.

圖23A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置的結構的方塊圖。圖23B及圖23C是說明資料處理裝置200的外觀的一個例子的投影圖。 23A is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of a data processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention. 23B and 23C are projection views illustrating an example of the appearance of the data processing device 200.

圖24A及圖24B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的程式的流程圖。圖24A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的程式的主處理的流程圖,圖24B是說明中斷處理的流程圖。 24A and 24B are flowcharts illustrating a routine according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 24A is a flowchart illustrating main processing of a program according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 24B is a flowchart illustrating interrupt processing.

圖25是說明本發明的一個實施方式的程式的中斷處理的流程圖。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating interrupt processing of a program according to an embodiment of the present invention.

〈資料處理裝置的結構例子1.〉 <Configuration Example of Data Processing Device 1.>

在本實施方式中說明的資料處理裝置200包括輸入輸出裝置220及算術裝置210(參照圖23A)。輸入輸出裝置與算術裝置210電連接。此外,資料處理裝置200可以包括外殼(參照圖23B或圖23C)。 The data processing device 200 described in this embodiment includes an input / output device 220 and an arithmetic device 210 (see FIG. 23A). The input-output device is electrically connected to the arithmetic device 210. In addition, the data processing device 200 may include a housing (see FIG. 23B or FIG. 23C).

輸入輸出裝置220包括顯示部230及輸入部240(參照圖23A)。輸入輸出裝置220包括檢測部250。此外,輸入輸出裝置220包括通訊部290。 The input / output device 220 includes a display unit 230 and an input unit 240 (see FIG. 23A). The input / output device 220 includes a detection section 250. The input / output device 220 includes a communication section 290.

輸入輸出裝置220具有被供應影像資料V1或控制資料SS的功能,並具有供應位置資料P1或檢測資料S1的功能。 The input / output device 220 has a function of being supplied with the image data V1 or the control data SS, and has a function of being supplied with the position data P1 or the detection data S1.

算術裝置210具有被供應位置資料P1或檢測資料S1的功能。算術裝置210具有供應影像資料V1的功能。算術裝置210例如具有根據位置資料P1或檢測資料S1工作的功能。 The arithmetic device 210 has a function of being supplied with the position data P1 or the detection data S1. The arithmetic device 210 has a function of supplying the image data V1. The arithmetic device 210 has a function of operating based on the position data P1 or the detection data S1, for example.

外殼具有容納輸入輸出裝置220或算術裝置210的功能。或者,外殼具有支撐顯示部230或算術裝置210的功能。 The housing has a function of accommodating the input-output device 220 or the arithmetic device 210. Alternatively, the housing has a function of supporting the display portion 230 or the arithmetic device 210.

顯示部230具有根據影像資料V1顯示影像的功能。顯示部230具有根據控制資料SS顯示影像的功能。 The display unit 230 has a function of displaying an image based on the image data V1. The display unit 230 has a function of displaying an image based on the control data SS.

輸入部240具有供應位置資料P1的功能。 The input unit 240 has a function of supplying the position data P1.

檢測部250具有供應檢測資料S1的功能。檢測部250例如具有檢測資料處理裝置200的使用環境的照度的功能,並具有供應照度資料的功能。 The detection unit 250 has a function of supplying the detection data S1. The detection unit 250 has, for example, a function of detecting the illuminance of the use environment of the data processing device 200 and a function of supplying illuminance data.

由此,資料處理裝置可以在資料處理裝置的使用環境下檢測出資料處理裝置的外殼所受到的光強度而工作。或者,資料處理裝置的使用者可以選擇顯示方法。明確而言,選擇使用第一顯示元件的顯示方法,例如可以抑制功耗。或者,選擇使用第二顯示元件的方法,例如可以在昏暗的地方進行顯示。或者,選擇使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)進行顯示的方 法,例如可以根據使用者的喜好進行覺得舒適的顯示。其結果是,可以提供一種方便性或可靠性優異的新穎的資料處理裝置。 Therefore, the data processing device can detect the intensity of light received by the housing of the data processing device and operate under the use environment of the data processing device. Alternatively, the user of the data processing device may select a display method. Specifically, by selecting a display method using the first display element, power consumption can be suppressed, for example. Alternatively, a method using a second display element is selected, for example, the display can be performed in a dim place. Alternatively, a method for displaying using the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) is selected. For example, it is possible to perform a comfortable display according to the user's preference. As a result, it is possible to provide a novel data processing apparatus excellent in convenience and reliability.

下面,說明資料處理裝置的各組件。注意,有時無法明確區分上述組件,一個結構可能兼作其他結構或包含其他結構的一部分。例如,以與顯示面板重疊的方式設置有觸控感測器的觸控面板既可以說是顯示部又可以說是輸入部。 Each component of the data processing apparatus will be described below. Note that sometimes the above components cannot be clearly distinguished, and one structure may double as or contain part of another structure. For example, a touch panel provided with a touch sensor so as to overlap the display panel can be said to be both a display portion and an input portion.

〈〈結構例子〉〉 〈〈 Example of Structure 〉〉

本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置200包括外殼或算術裝置210。 The data processing device 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a housing or an arithmetic device 210.

算術裝置210包括算術部211、記憶部212、傳輸路徑214、輸入輸出介面215。 The arithmetic device 210 includes an arithmetic unit 211, a memory unit 212, a transmission path 214, and an input / output interface 215.

此外,本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置包括輸入輸出裝置220。 The data processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes an input / output device 220.

輸入輸出裝置220包括顯示部230、輸入部240、檢測部250及通訊部290。 The input / output device 220 includes a display section 230, an input section 240, a detection section 250, and a communication section 290.

〈〈資料處理裝置〉〉 〈〈 Data Processing Device 〉〉

本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置包括算術裝置210或輸入輸出裝置220。 A data processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention includes an arithmetic device 210 or an input / output device 220.

〈〈算術裝置210〉〉 〈〈 Arithmetic Device 210 〉〉

算術裝置210包括算術部211及記憶部212。另外,包括傳輸路徑214及輸入輸出介面215。 The arithmetic device 210 includes an arithmetic unit 211 and a memory unit 212. In addition, it includes a transmission path 214 and an input-output interface 215.

〈〈算術部211〉〉 〈〈 Arithmetic 211 〉〉

算術部211例如具有執行程式的功能。 The arithmetic unit 211 has a function of executing a program, for example.

〈〈記憶部212〉〉 〈〈 Memory 212 〉〉

記憶部212具有儲存例如算術部211所執行的程式、初期資料、設定資料或影像等的功能。 The memory unit 212 has a function of storing, for example, a program executed by the arithmetic unit 211, initial data, setting data, and images.

明確而言,記憶部212可以使用硬碟、快閃記憶體或包括包含氧化物半導體的電晶體的記憶體等。 Specifically, the memory unit 212 may be a hard disk, a flash memory, or a memory including a transistor including an oxide semiconductor.

〈〈輸入輸出介面215、傳輸路徑214〉〉 〈〈 I / O interface 215, transmission path 214 〉〉

輸入輸出介面215包括端子或佈線,具有供應且被供應資料的功能。例如,可以與傳輸路徑214電連接。另外,可以與輸入輸出裝置220電連接。 The input / output interface 215 includes terminals or wiring, and has a function of supplying and supplying materials. For example, it may be electrically connected to the transmission path 214. It may be electrically connected to the input / output device 220.

傳輸路徑214包括佈線,具有供應且被供應資料的功能。例如,可以與輸入輸出介面215電連接。另外,可以與算術部211、記憶部212或輸入輸出介面215電連接。 The transmission path 214 includes wiring and has a function of supplying and supplying materials. For example, it may be electrically connected to the input / output interface 215. In addition, it may be electrically connected to the arithmetic unit 211, the memory unit 212, or the input / output interface 215.

〈〈輸入輸出裝置220〉〉 〈〈 I / O Device 220 〉〉

輸入輸出裝置220包括顯示部230、輸入部240、檢測部250、通訊部290。例如,可以使用實施方式3所說 明的輸入輸出裝置。由此,可以降低功耗。 The input / output device 220 includes a display section 230, an input section 240, a detection section 250, and a communication section 290. For example, the third embodiment can be used. Ming input and output device. This can reduce power consumption.

〈〈顯示部230〉〉 〈〈 Display 230 〉〉

顯示部230包括控制部238、驅動電路GD、驅動電路SD、顯示面板700(參照圖15A)。例如,可以將實施方式2所說明的顯示裝置用於顯示部230。 The display unit 230 includes a control unit 238, a drive circuit GD, a drive circuit SD, and a display panel 700 (see FIG. 15A). For example, the display device described in Embodiment 2 can be used for the display unit 230.

〈〈輸入部240〉〉 〈〈 Input section 240 〉〉

可以將各種人機介面等用於輸入部240(參照圖23A至圖23C)。 Various input terminals and the like can be used for the input unit 240 (see FIGS. 23A to 23C).

例如,可以將鍵盤、滑鼠、觸控感測器、麥克風或照相機等用於輸入部240。另外,可以使用具有重疊於顯示部230的區域的觸控感測器。可以將包括顯示部230及具有重疊於顯示部230的區域的觸控感測器的輸入輸出裝置稱為觸控面板或觸控面板。 For example, a keyboard, a mouse, a touch sensor, a microphone, a camera, or the like may be used for the input section 240. In addition, a touch sensor having a region overlapping the display portion 230 may be used. An input / output device including the display portion 230 and a touch sensor having a region overlapping the display portion 230 may be referred to as a touch panel or a touch panel.

例如,使用者可以將接觸到觸控面板的手指用作指示器來作各種手勢(點按、拖拉、滑動或捏合等)。 For example, the user can use a finger touching the touch panel as a pointer for various gestures (click, drag, slide, or pinch, etc.).

例如,算術裝置210分析接觸觸控面板的手指的位置或軌跡等資料,當分析結果滿足預定的條件時,可以說其被供應了指定的手勢。由此,使用者可以使用該手勢供應預先設定成與預定的手勢相關聯的指定的操作指令。 For example, the arithmetic device 210 analyzes data such as the position or trajectory of a finger that touches the touch panel, and when the analysis result meets a predetermined condition, it can be said that it is supplied with a designated gesture. Thereby, the user can use the gesture to supply a designated operation instruction set in advance to be associated with a predetermined gesture.

例如,使用者可以利用順著觸控面板移動接 觸觸控面板的手指的手勢提供改變影像資料的顯示位置的“捲動指令”。 For example, the user can The gesture of a finger touching the touch panel provides a “scroll instruction” to change the display position of the image data.

〈〈檢測部250〉〉 〈〈 Detection Unit 250 〉〉

檢測部250具有檢測周圍的狀態而供應檢測資料的功能。明確而言,可以供應照度資料、姿態資料、壓力資料、位置資料等。 The detection unit 250 has a function of detecting surrounding conditions and supplying detection data. Specifically, illuminance data, attitude data, pressure data, position data, etc. can be supplied.

例如,可以將光檢測器、姿態檢測器、加速度感測器、方位感測器、GPS(Global positioning System:全球定位系統)信號接收電路、壓力感測器、溫度感測器、濕度感測器或照相機等用於檢測部250。 For example, a light detector, an attitude detector, an acceleration sensor, an orientation sensor, a GPS (Global Positioning System) signal receiving circuit, a pressure sensor, a temperature sensor, and a humidity sensor can be used. Or a camera or the like is used for the detection section 250.

〈〈通訊部290〉〉 〈〈 Communication Department 290 〉〉

通訊部290具有對網路供應資料且從網路獲取資料的功能。 The communication unit 290 has a function of supplying data to the network and obtaining data from the network.

〈〈程式〉〉 〈〈 program 〉〉

本發明的一個實施方式的程式包括如下步驟(參照圖24A)。 A program according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the following steps (see FIG. 24A).

[第一步驟] [First step]

在第一步驟中,使設定初始化(參照圖24A(S1))。 In the first step, the settings are initialized (see FIG. 24A (S1)).

例如,從記憶部212取得啟動時顯示的預定的影像資料、顯示該影像資料的預定的模式、指定顯示該 影像資料的預定的顯示方法的資料。明確而言,可以將一個靜態影像資料或其他動態影像資料用於預定的影像資料。此外,可以將第一模式或第二模式用於預定的模式。另外,可以將第一顯示方法、第二顯示方法或第三顯示方法用於預定的顯示方法。 For example, a predetermined image data to be displayed at the time of startup is acquired from the memory unit 212, a predetermined mode in which the image data is displayed, and the display is designated to be displayed. Information about the scheduled display method of the image data. Specifically, a still image data or other moving image data can be used for predetermined image data. In addition, the first mode or the second mode may be used for a predetermined mode. In addition, the first display method, the second display method, or the third display method may be used for a predetermined display method.

[第二步驟] [Second step]

在第二步驟中,允許中斷處理(參照圖24A(S2))。中斷處理被允許的算術裝置可以在進行主處理的同時進行中斷處理。從中斷處理恢復到主處理的算術裝置可以將藉由中斷處理獲得的結果反映到主處理。 In the second step, interrupt processing is allowed (refer to FIG. 24A (S2)). The arithmetic device whose interrupt processing is enabled can perform interrupt processing while performing main processing. The arithmetic device that resumes from the interrupt processing to the main processing can reflect the result obtained by the interrupt processing to the main processing.

當計數器為初始值時,使算術裝置進行中斷處理,在從中斷處理恢復時,也可以將計數器設定為初始值以外的值。由此,在啟動程式之後隨時可以執行中斷處理。 When the counter is at the initial value, the arithmetic device is caused to perform interrupt processing. When the interrupt processing is resumed, the counter may be set to a value other than the initial value. Therefore, interrupt processing can be executed at any time after the program is started.

[第三步驟] [Third step]

在第三步驟中,使用第一步驟或中斷處理所選擇的指定的模式或指定的顯示方法顯示影像資料(參照圖24A(S3))。注意,指定的模式指定出顯示資料的模式,指定的顯示方法指定出顯示影像資料的方法。此外,例如可以用於顯示影像資料V1、資料V11或資料V12的資料。 In the third step, the image data is displayed using the specified mode or the specified display method selected in the first step or the interrupt processing (see FIG. 24A (S3)). Note that the specified mode specifies the mode for displaying data, and the specified display method specifies the method for displaying image data. In addition, it can be used to display data of the image data V1, the data V11, or the data V12, for example.

例如,可以使顯示影像資料V1的一個方法與第一模式相關聯。或者,可以使顯示影像資料V1的其他 方法與第二模式相關聯。由此,可以根據所選擇的模式選擇顯示方法。 For example, a method of displaying the image data V1 may be associated with the first mode. Alternatively, other image data V1 can be displayed. The method is associated with a second mode. Thereby, a display method can be selected according to the selected mode.

例如,可以使顯示影像資料V1的不同的三個方法與第一顯示方法至第三顯示方法相關聯。由此,可以根據所選擇的顯示方法進行顯示。 For example, three different methods of displaying the image data V1 may be associated with the first to third display methods. Thereby, the display can be performed in accordance with the selected display method.

〈〈第一模式〉〉 〈〈 First Mode 〉〉

明確而言,可以使以30Hz以上、較佳為60Hz以上的頻率對一掃描線供應選擇信號並根據選擇信號進行顯示的方法與第一模式相關聯。 Specifically, a method of supplying a selection signal to a scanning line at a frequency of 30 Hz or more, preferably 60 Hz or more, and displaying the selection signal according to the selection signal may be associated with the first mode.

例如,藉由以30Hz以上、較佳為60Hz以上的頻率供應選擇信號,可以流暢地顯示動態影像。 For example, by supplying a selection signal at a frequency of 30 Hz or more, preferably 60 Hz or more, a moving image can be displayed smoothly.

例如,藉由以30Hz以上、較佳為60Hz以上的頻率使影像更新,可以將隨著使用者的操作流暢地變化的影像顯示在使用者操作中的資料處理裝置200上。 For example, by updating the image at a frequency of 30 Hz or more, preferably 60 Hz or more, an image that changes smoothly with the user's operation can be displayed on the data processing device 200 during the user's operation.

〈〈第二模式〉〉 〈〈 Second Mode 〉〉

明確而言,可以使以低於30Hz,較佳為低於1Hz,更佳為低於1次/分的頻率對一掃描線供應選擇信號並根據選擇信號進行顯示的方法與第二模式相關聯。 Specifically, a method of supplying a selection signal to a scanning line at a frequency of less than 30 Hz, preferably less than 1 Hz, and more preferably less than 1 time per minute and displaying the selection signal according to the selection signal can be associated with the second mode .

藉由以低於30Hz,較佳為低於1Hz,更佳為低於1次/分的頻率供應選擇信號,可以進行閃爍得到抑制的顯示。此外,可以降低功耗。 By supplying the selection signal at a frequency lower than 30 Hz, preferably lower than 1 Hz, and more preferably lower than 1 time / minute, a display capable of suppressing flicker can be performed. In addition, power consumption can be reduced.

例如,在將資料處理裝置200用於鐘錶時, 可以以1次/秒的頻率或1次/分的頻率使顯示更新。 For example, when the data processing device 200 is used for a timepiece, The display can be updated at a frequency of 1 / second or 1 / minute.

這裡,例如當使用發光元件作為第二顯示元件時,可以以脈衝狀使發光元件發射光來顯示影像資料。明確而言,可以以脈衝狀使有機EL元件發射光並利用其餘輝進行顯示。由於有機EL元件具有優異的頻率特性,所以有時可以縮短發光元件的驅動時間而降低功耗。或者,由於發光元件的發熱得到抑制,所以有時可以減輕發光元件的劣化。 Here, for example, when a light-emitting element is used as the second display element, the light-emitting element can be caused to emit light in a pulse shape to display image data. Specifically, it is possible to cause the organic EL element to emit light in a pulse shape and perform display using afterglow. Since the organic EL element has excellent frequency characteristics, the driving time of the light emitting element may be shortened and power consumption may be reduced. Alternatively, since the heat generation of the light emitting element is suppressed, deterioration of the light emitting element may be reduced in some cases.

〈〈第一顯示方法〉〉 〈〈 First display method 〉〉

明確而言,作為第一顯示方法,可以使用利用第一顯示元件750(i,j)進行顯示的方法。由此,例如,可以降低功耗。或者,可以在明亮的環境下以高對比良好地顯示影像資料。 Specifically, as the first display method, a method of displaying using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be used. Thereby, for example, power consumption can be reduced. Alternatively, the image data can be displayed well with high contrast in a bright environment.

〈〈第二顯示方法〉〉 〈〈 Second Display Method 〉〉

明確而言,作為第二顯示方法,可以使用利用第二顯示元件550(i,j)進行顯示的方法。由此,例如,可以在昏暗的環境下良好地顯示影像。或者,可以以較好的顏色再現性顯示照片等。或者,可以流暢地顯示動作快的動態影像。 Specifically, as the second display method, a method of displaying using the second display element 550 (i, j) can be used. Thereby, for example, an image can be displayed well in a dim environment. Alternatively, photos and the like can be displayed with good color reproducibility. Alternatively, fast-moving motion pictures can be displayed smoothly.

在使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)顯示影像資料V1時,可以根據照度資料決定顯示影像資料V1時的亮度。例如,在照度為5千勒克斯以上且低於10萬勒克 斯時,以與照度低於5千勒克斯時相比更明亮的方式,使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)顯示影像資料V1。 When the second display element 550 (i, j) is used to display the image data V1, the brightness when the image data V1 is displayed can be determined according to the illuminance data. For example, at illuminances above 5,000 lux and below 100,000 lux The image data V1 is displayed using the second display element 550 (i, j) in a brighter manner than when the illuminance is lower than 5 kiloluxes.

〈〈第三顯示方法〉〉 〈〈 third display method 〉〉

明確而言,作為第三顯示方法,可以使用利用第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)進行顯示的方法。由此,可以降低功耗。或者,可以在昏暗的環境下良好地顯示影像。或者,可以以較好的顏色再現性顯示照片等。或者,可以流暢地顯示動作快的動態影像。或者,可以進行使用者覺得舒適的顯示。 Specifically, as the third display method, a method of displaying using the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) can be used. This can reduce power consumption. Alternatively, the image can be displayed well in a dim environment. Alternatively, photos and the like can be displayed with good color reproducibility. Alternatively, fast-moving motion pictures can be displayed smoothly. Alternatively, a display that is comfortable for the user can be performed.

這裡,可以將第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)用於顯示而調節顯示的亮度的功能被稱為調光功能。例如,可以使用具有發光的功能的顯示元件補充反射型顯示元件的亮度。 Here, the function of adjusting the brightness of the display by using the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) for display is called a dimming function. For example, a display element having a function of emitting light may be used to supplement the brightness of the reflective display element.

此外,可以利用第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)進行顯示來調節顯示顏色的功能被稱為調色功能。例如,可以使用具有發光的功能的顯示元件改變反射型顯示元件的顏色。明確而言,可以使用藍色有機EL元件使反射型液晶元件所顯示的帶黃色的顏色接近於白色。由此,例如,可以如在普通紙上列印文字那樣顯示文字資料。或者,可以實現對眼睛刺激少的顯示。 In addition, the function of adjusting the display color by performing display using the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) is called a color adjustment function. For example, a display element having a function of emitting light may be used to change the color of the reflective display element. Specifically, a yellow organic EL element can be used to bring the yellowish color displayed by the reflective liquid crystal element closer to white. Thereby, for example, text data can be displayed as if text was printed on plain paper. Alternatively, a display with less eye irritation can be realized.

此外,當利用第一顯示元件750(i,j)及第二顯示元件550(i,j)進行顯示時,將物體所發射的顏 色和物體所發光的顏色加在一起。由此,可以實現繪畫似的顯示。 In addition, when the first display element 750 (i, j) and the second display element 550 (i, j) are used for display, the color emitted by the object is displayed. Color and the color that the object emits together. Thereby, a paint-like display can be realized.

根據照度資料及使用者的喜好而可以決定以重疊於使用第一顯示元件750(i,j)顯示的影像資料V1的方式顯示的使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)顯示的影像資料V1的亮度。因此,可以進行使用者覺得舒適的顯示。 The image data V1 displayed using the second display element 550 (i, j) to be displayed in a manner superimposed on the image data V1 displayed using the first display element 750 (i, j) can be determined according to the illuminance data and the user's preference. Of brightness. Therefore, a display that is comfortable for the user can be performed.

[第四步驟] [Fourth step]

在第四步驟中,當被供應結束指令時進入第五步驟,而當沒有被供應結束指令時進入第三步驟(參照圖24A(S4))。 In the fourth step, when the end-of-supply instruction is supplied, the process proceeds to the fifth step, and when there is no end-of-supply instruction, the process proceeds to the third step (see FIG. 24A (S4)).

例如,可以使用在中斷處理中被供應的結束指令。 For example, an end instruction supplied in the interrupt processing may be used.

[第五步驟] [Fifth step]

在第五步驟中,結束程式(參照圖24A(S5))。 In the fifth step, the program is terminated (see FIG. 24A (S5)).

〈〈中斷處理〉〉 〈〈 Interrupt Processing 〉〉

中斷處理包括如下第六步驟至第八步驟(參照圖24B)。 The interrupt processing includes the following sixth to eighth steps (see FIG. 24B).

[第六步驟] [Sixth step]

在第六步驟中,例如,使用檢測部250檢測資料處理 裝置200的使用環境的照度(參照圖24B(S6))。注意,也可以檢測環境光的色溫或色度代替環境的照度。 In the sixth step, for example, the data processing is detected using the detection section 250 Illumination of the use environment of the device 200 (see FIG. 24B (S6)). Note that it is also possible to detect the color temperature or chromaticity of the ambient light instead of the ambient illuminance.

[第七步驟] [Seventh step]

在第七步驟中,根據所檢測出的照度資料決定顯示方法。例如,在照度為指定值以上時,選擇第一顯示方法,而在照度低於指定值時,選擇第二顯示方法。或者,在照度在於指定範圍內時,也可以選擇第三顯示方法(參照圖24B(S7))。 In a seventh step, a display method is determined based on the detected illuminance data. For example, when the illuminance is greater than a specified value, the first display method is selected, and when the illuminance is lower than the specified value, the second display method is selected. Alternatively, when the illuminance is within a specified range, a third display method may be selected (see FIG. 24B (S7)).

明確而言,在照度為10萬勒克斯以上時,選擇第一顯示方法,而在照度低於5千勒克斯時,選擇第二顯示方法,在照度為5千勒克斯以上低於10萬勒克斯時,選擇第三顯示方法。 Specifically, when the illuminance is above 100,000 lux, the first display method is selected, and when the illuminance is below 5,000 lux, the second display method is selected. When the illuminance is above 5,000 lux and below 100,000 lux, select The third display method.

此外,當在第六步驟中檢測出環境光的色溫或環境光的色度時,也可以在第三顯示方法中使用第二顯示元件550(i,j)調節顯示顏色。 In addition, when the color temperature of the ambient light or the chromaticity of the ambient light is detected in the sixth step, the second display element 550 (i, j) may also be used to adjust the display color in the third display method.

例如,在使用第一顯示方法時,供應第一狀態的控制資料SS,在使用第二顯示方法時,供應第二狀態的控制資料SS,在使用第三顯示方法時,供應第三狀態的控制資料SS。 For example, when the first display method is used, the control data SS in the first state is supplied, when the second display method is used, the control data SS in the second state is supplied, and when the third display method is used, the control in the third state is supplied. Information SS.

[第八步驟] [Eighth step]

在第八步驟中,結束中斷處理(參照圖24B(S8))。 In the eighth step, the interrupt processing is terminated (see FIG. 24B (S8)).

〈資料處理裝置的結構例子2.〉 <Configuration Example of Data Processing Device 2.>

參照圖25說明本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置的其他結構。 Another configuration of the data processing apparatus according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 25.

圖25是說明本發明的一個實施方式的程式的流程圖。圖25是說明與圖24B所示的中斷處理不同的中斷處理的流程圖。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating a program according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 25 is a flowchart illustrating an interrupt process different from the interrupt process shown in FIG. 24B.

注意,資料處理裝置的結構例子2與參照圖24B說明的中斷處理的不同之處在於中斷處理包括根據被供應的指定事件改變模式的步驟。在此,對不同之處進行詳細說明,而關於能夠使用與上述結構相同的結構的部分援用上述說明。 Note that the configuration example 2 of the data processing device is different from the interruption process explained with reference to FIG. 24B in that the interruption process includes a step of changing a mode according to a specified event that is supplied. Here, the differences will be described in detail, and the above description will be referred to for the parts that can use the same structure as the above-mentioned structure.

〈〈中斷處理〉〉 〈〈 Interrupt Processing 〉〉

中斷處理包括如下第六步驟至第八步驟(參照圖25)。 The interrupt processing includes the following sixth to eighth steps (see FIG. 25).

[第六步驟] [Sixth step]

在第六步驟中,當被供應預定事件時,進入第七步驟,而當沒有被供應預定事件時,進入第八步驟(參照圖25(U6))。例如,可以將在預定的期間是否被供應預定事件用作條件。明確而言,預定的期間可以是比0秒長且為5秒以下、1秒以下或0.5秒以下、較佳為0.1秒以下的期間。 In the sixth step, when the predetermined event is supplied, the process proceeds to the seventh step, and when the predetermined event is not supplied, the process proceeds to the eighth step (refer to FIG. 25 (U6)). For example, whether a predetermined event is supplied for a predetermined period may be used as a condition. Specifically, the predetermined period may be a period longer than 0 seconds and 5 seconds or less, 1 second or less, or 0.5 seconds or less, and preferably 0.1 seconds or less.

[第七步驟] [Seventh step]

在第七步驟中,改變模式(參照圖25(U7))。明確而言,當之前選擇第一模式時,選擇第二模式,當之前選擇第二模式時,選擇第一模式。 In the seventh step, the mode is changed (refer to FIG. 25 (U7)). Specifically, when the first mode was previously selected, the second mode was selected, and when the second mode was previously selected, the first mode was selected.

[第八步驟] [Eighth step]

在第八步驟中,結束中斷處理(參照圖25(U8))。另外,也可以在進行主處理的期間中反復進行中斷處理。 In the eighth step, the interrupt processing is terminated (see FIG. 25 (U8)). The interrupt processing may be repeatedly performed while the main processing is being performed.

〈〈指定事件〉〉 〈〈 Specified Event 〉〉

例如,可以使用利用滑鼠等指向裝置提供的“點選”或“拖拉”等的事件、將手指等用於指示器對觸控面板提供的“點按”、“拖拉”或“滑動”等事件。 For example, events such as "click" or "drag" provided by a pointing device such as a mouse, "click", "drag", or "slide" provided by a finger or the like to the touch panel can be used. event.

例如,可以利用指示器所指示的滑動條的位置、滑動速度、拖拉速度等供應與預定事件相關聯的指令的參數。 For example, the position, sliding speed, drag speed, and the like of the slide bar indicated by the pointer may be used to supply parameters of instructions associated with a predetermined event.

例如,可以對預先被設定的臨界值與檢測部250所檢測出的資料進行比較,並將比較結果用於事件。 For example, a threshold value set in advance may be compared with data detected by the detection unit 250, and the comparison result may be used for an event.

明確而言,可以將與以能夠按入外殼中的方式設置的按鈕等接觸的壓敏檢測器等用於檢測部250。 Specifically, a pressure-sensitive detector or the like that is in contact with a button or the like that can be pressed into the housing can be used for the detection section 250.

〈〈與預定事件相關聯的指令〉〉 〈〈 Instructions Related to Scheduled Events 〉〉

例如,可以使結束指令與指定的事件相關聯。 For example, you can associate an end instruction with a specified event.

例如,可以使將所顯示的一個影像資料切換為其他影像資料的“翻頁指令”與預定事件相關聯。此外,可以使用預定事件供應執行“翻頁指令”時使用的決定翻頁速度等的參數。 For example, a “page turning instruction” that switches one displayed image material to another image material may be associated with a predetermined event. In addition, a predetermined event may be used to supply a parameter for determining a page turning speed and the like used when the "page turning instruction" is executed.

例如,可以使移動影像資料的一部分的顯示位置且顯示與該一部分連續的其他部分的“捲動指令”等與預定事件相關聯。此外,可以使用預定事件供應執行“捲動指令”時使用的決定移動顯示位置的速度等的參數。 For example, it is possible to associate a predetermined event with a display position of a part of the moving image data and a “scroll instruction” displaying other parts continuous with the part. In addition, a predetermined event may be used to supply a parameter that determines the speed of moving the display position and the like used when the "scroll instruction" is executed.

例如,可以使設定顯示方法的指令或生成影像資料的指令等與指定事件相關聯。此外,可以使決定所生成的影像的亮度的參數與指定事件相關聯。此外,可以根據檢測部250所檢測的環境的亮度決定所生成的影像的亮度的參數。 For example, a command to set a display method or a command to generate image data may be associated with a specified event. In addition, a parameter that determines the brightness of the generated video may be associated with a specified event. In addition, a parameter of the brightness of the generated video may be determined based on the brightness of the environment detected by the detection section 250.

例如,可以使利用通訊部290取得使用推送服務傳送的資料的指令等與預定的事件相關聯。 For example, a command such as the use of the communication unit 290 to obtain data transmitted using the push service may be associated with a predetermined event.

此外,也可以使用檢測部250所檢測的位置資料判斷有無資格取得資料。明確而言,當使用者在指定的教室、學校、會議室、企業、房屋等裡時,也可以判斷有資格取得資料。由此,例如,可以接收在學校或大學等的教室中被傳送的教材,以將資料處理裝置200用作教科書等(參照圖23C)。或者,可以接收傳送到企業等的會議室的資料,而將其用於會議資料。 In addition, the position data detected by the detection section 250 may be used to determine whether or not the data is eligible for acquisition. Specifically, when users are in designated classrooms, schools, conference rooms, businesses, houses, etc., they can also be judged to be eligible for information. Thereby, for example, a teaching material transmitted in a classroom such as a school or a university can be received to use the data processing device 200 as a textbook or the like (see FIG. 23C). Alternatively, the materials transmitted to the conference room of a company or the like can be received and used for conference materials.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

實施方式5 Embodiment 5

在本實施方式中,參照圖26A至圖26H對包括本發明的一個實施方式的資料處理裝置的電子裝置進行說明。 In this embodiment, an electronic device including a data processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 26A to 26H.

圖26A至圖26G是示出電子裝置的圖。這些電子裝置可以包括外殼5000、顯示部5001、揚聲器5003、LED燈5004、操作鍵5005(包括電源開關或操作開關)、連接端子5006、感測器5007(具有測量如下因素的功能:力、位移、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、轉速、距離、光、液、磁、溫度、化學物質、聲音、時間、硬度、電場、電流、電壓、電力、輻射線、流量、濕度、傾斜度、振動、氣味或紅外線)、麥克風5008等。 26A to 26G are diagrams illustrating an electronic device. These electronic devices may include a housing 5000, a display portion 5001, a speaker 5003, an LED lamp 5004, an operation key 5005 (including a power switch or an operation switch), a connection terminal 5006, and a sensor 5007 (having a function of measuring the following factors: force, displacement , Position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational speed, distance, light, fluid, magnetism, temperature, chemicals, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, electricity, radiation, flow, humidity, tilt, vibration, Odor or infrared), microphone 5008, etc.

圖26A示出移動電腦,該移動電腦除了上述以外還可以包括開關5009、紅外線埠5010等。圖26B示出具備記錄介質的可攜式影像再現裝置(例如DVD再現裝置),該可攜式影像再現裝置除了上述以外還可以包括第二顯示部5002、記錄介質讀取部5011等。圖26C示出護目鏡型顯示器,該護目鏡型顯示器除了上述以外還可以包括第二顯示部5002、支撐部5012、耳機5013等。圖26D示出可攜式遊戲機,該可攜式遊戲機除了上述以外還可以包括記錄介質讀取部5011等。圖26E示出具有電視接收功能的數位相機,該數位相機除了上述以外還可以包括天線5014、快門按鈕5015、影像接收部5016等。圖26F示出可攜式遊戲機,該可攜式遊戲機除了上述以外還 可以包括第二顯示部5002、記錄介質讀取部5011等。圖26G示出可攜式電視接收機,該可攜式電視接收機除了上述以外還可以包括能夠收發信號的充電器5017等。 FIG. 26A illustrates a mobile computer, which may include a switch 5009, an infrared port 5010, and the like in addition to the above. FIG. 26B shows a portable video reproduction device (for example, a DVD playback device) including a recording medium. The portable video reproduction device may include a second display portion 5002, a recording medium reading portion 5011, and the like in addition to the above. FIG. 26C illustrates a goggle-type display, which may include a second display portion 5002, a support portion 5012, an earphone 5013, and the like in addition to the above. FIG. 26D illustrates a portable game machine, which may include a recording medium reading section 5011 and the like in addition to the above. FIG. 26E illustrates a digital camera having a television receiving function. The digital camera may include an antenna 5014, a shutter button 5015, an image receiving section 5016, and the like in addition to the above. FIG. 26F shows a portable game machine, which is in addition to the above It may include a second display section 5002, a recording medium reading section 5011, and the like. FIG. 26G illustrates a portable television receiver. The portable television receiver may include a charger 5017 and the like capable of transmitting and receiving signals in addition to the above.

圖26A至圖26G所示的電子裝置可以具有各種功能。例如,可以具有如下功能:將各種資料(靜態影像、動態影像、文字影像等)顯示在顯示部上;觸控面板;顯示日曆、日期或時刻等;藉由利用各種軟體(程式)控制處理;進行無線通訊;藉由利用無線通訊功能來連接到各種電腦網路;藉由利用無線通訊功能,進行各種資料的發送或接收;讀出儲存在記錄介質中的程式或資料來將其顯示在顯示部上等。再者,在具有多個顯示部的電子裝置中,可以具有如下功能:一個顯示部主要顯示影像資料,而另一個顯示部主要顯示文字資料;或者,在多個顯示部上顯示考慮到視差的影像來顯示立體影像等。再者,在具有影像接收部的電子裝置中,可以具有如下功能:拍攝靜態影像;拍攝動態影像;對所拍攝的影像進行自動或手動校正;將所拍攝的影像儲存在記錄介質(外部或內置於相機)中;將所拍攝的影像顯示在顯示部等。注意,圖26A至圖26G所示的電子裝置可具有的功能不侷限於上述功能,而可以具有各種功能。 The electronic device shown in FIGS. 26A to 26G may have various functions. For example, it can have the following functions: display various data (still image, motion image, text image, etc.) on the display; touch panel; display calendar, date or time, etc .; control processing by using various software (programs); Perform wireless communication; connect to various computer networks by using wireless communication functions; send or receive various data by using wireless communication functions; read out programs or data stored in recording media and display them on the display Department is superior. Furthermore, in an electronic device having a plurality of display sections, it may have the following functions: one display section mainly displays image data and the other display section mainly displays text data; or, a plurality of display sections display parallax in consideration. Video to display stereo images and so on. Furthermore, an electronic device having an image receiving section may have the following functions: shooting still images; shooting motion pictures; automatically or manually correcting the captured images; storing the captured images on a recording medium (external or internal) Camera); display the captured image on the display, etc. Note that the functions that the electronic device shown in FIGS. 26A to 26G may have are not limited to the functions described above, but may have various functions.

圖26H示出一種智慧手錶,包括外殼7302、顯示面板7304、操作按鈕7311、7312、連接端子7313、錶帶7321、錶帶扣7322等。 FIG. 26H illustrates a smart watch including a housing 7302, a display panel 7304, operation buttons 7311, 7312, a connection terminal 7313, a strap 7321, a strap buckle 7322, and the like.

安裝在兼作框架(bezel)部分的外殼7302中 的顯示面板7304具有非矩形狀的顯示區域。另外,顯示面板7304也可以具有矩形狀的顯示區域。顯示面板7304可以顯示表示時間的圖示7305以及其他圖示7306等。 Installed in a housing 7302 that doubles as a bezel The display panel 7304 has a non-rectangular display area. The display panel 7304 may have a rectangular display area. The display panel 7304 can display an icon 7305 indicating time and other icons 7306 and the like.

圖26H所示的智慧手錶可以具有各種功能。例如,可以具有如下功能:將各種資料(靜態影像、動態影像、文字影像等)顯示在顯示部上;觸控面板;顯示日曆、日期或時刻等;藉由利用各種軟體(程式)控制處理;進行無線通訊;藉由利用無線通訊功能來連接到各種電腦網路;藉由利用無線通訊功能,進行各種資料的發送或接收;讀出儲存在記錄介質中的程式或資料來將其顯示在顯示部上等。 The smart watch shown in FIG. 26H may have various functions. For example, it can have the following functions: display various data (still image, motion image, text image, etc.) on the display; touch panel; display calendar, date or time, etc .; control processing by using various software (programs); Perform wireless communication; connect to various computer networks by using wireless communication functions; send or receive various data by using wireless communication functions; read out programs or data stored in recording media and display them on the display Department is superior.

外殼7302的內部可具有揚聲器、感測器(具有測定如下因素的功能:力、位移、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、轉速、距離、光、液、磁、溫度、化學物質、聲音、時間、硬度、電場、電流、電壓、電力、輻射線、流量、濕度、傾斜度、振動、氣味或紅外線)、麥克風等。另外,智慧手錶可以藉由將發光元件用於其顯示面板7304來製造。 The inside of the housing 7302 may have a speaker and a sensor (with functions for measuring the following factors: force, displacement, position, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity, rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemicals, sound, time, Hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow, humidity, tilt, vibration, odor or infrared), microphone, etc. In addition, a smart watch can be manufactured by using a light emitting element for its display panel 7304.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

實施方式6 Embodiment 6

在本實施方式中,參照圖29A和圖29B對本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出模組的結構進行說明。 In this embodiment, a configuration of an input / output module according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 29A and 29B.

圖29A和圖29B是說明輸入輸出模組的結構的圖。圖29A是說明本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出模組的結構的分解立體圖,圖29B是說明本發明的一個實施方式的輸入輸出模組的結構的剖面圖。 29A and 29B are diagrams illustrating the structure of an input / output module. FIG. 29A is an exploded perspective view illustrating the structure of an input-output module according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 29B is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure of an input-output module according to an embodiment of the present invention.

顯示模組6000在上蓋6001與下蓋6002之間包括連接於FPC6005的顯示面板6006、框架6009、印刷電路板6010以及電池6011(參照圖29A)。 The display module 6000 includes a display panel 6006, a frame 6009, a printed circuit board 6010, and a battery 6011 connected to the FPC 6005 between the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 (see FIG. 29A).

例如,可以將使用本發明的一個實施方式製造的顯示裝置用於顯示面板6006。由此,可以以高良率製造顯示模組。 For example, a display device manufactured using one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 6006. Thereby, a display module can be manufactured with a high yield.

上蓋6001及下蓋6002可以根據顯示面板6006的尺寸適當地改變其形狀或尺寸。 The upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be appropriately changed in shape or size according to the size of the display panel 6006.

此外,也可以以與顯示面板6006重疊的方式設置觸控面板。觸控面板可以是電阻膜式觸控面板或靜電容量式觸控面板,並且能夠以與顯示面板6006重疊的方式被形成。此外,也可以使顯示面板6006具有觸控面板的功能而不設置觸控面板。 In addition, a touch panel may be provided so as to overlap the display panel 6006. The touch panel may be a resistive film type touch panel or an electrostatic capacity type touch panel, and can be formed in a manner overlapping with the display panel 6006. In addition, the display panel 6006 may be provided with the function of a touch panel without providing a touch panel.

框架6009除了具有保護顯示面板6006的功能以外還具有用來遮斷因印刷電路板6010的工作而產生的電磁波的電磁屏蔽的功能。另外,框架6009也可以具有散熱板的功能。 The frame 6009 has a function of shielding the electromagnetic wave generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 6010 in addition to the function of protecting the display panel 6006. In addition, the frame 6009 may have a function of a heat sink.

印刷電路板6010包括電源電路以及用來輸出視訊信號及時脈信號的信號處理電路。作為對電源電路供應電力的電源,既可以使用外部的商業電源,又可以使用 另行設置的電池6011的電源。當使用商業電源時,可以省略電池6011。 The printed circuit board 6010 includes a power circuit and a signal processing circuit for outputting video signals and clock signals. As a power source for supplying power to the power circuit, both an external commercial power source and a power source can be used. Separate power supply for battery 6011. When commercial power is used, the battery 6011 can be omitted.

另外,在顯示模組6000中還可以設置偏光板、相位差板、稜鏡片等構件。 In addition, components such as a polarizing plate, a retardation plate, and a cymbal may be provided in the display module 6000.

圖29B是包括光學式觸控感測器的顯示模組6000的剖面示意圖。 FIG. 29B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display module 6000 including an optical touch sensor.

顯示模組6000包括設置在印刷電路板6010上的發光部6015及受光部6016。此外,在由上蓋6001及下蓋6002圍繞的區域中包括一對導光部(導光部6017a、導光部6017b)。 The display module 6000 includes a light emitting portion 6015 and a light receiving portion 6016 provided on the printed circuit board 6010. In addition, a region surrounded by the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 includes a pair of light guide portions (light guide portion 6017a, light guide portion 6017b).

上蓋6001及下蓋6002例如可以使用塑膠等。此外,上蓋6001及下蓋6002分別可以減薄其厚度(例如0.5mm以上且5mm以下)。由此,可以使顯示模組6000的重量極輕。此外,由於可以使用較少的材料形成上蓋6001及下蓋6002,所以可以降低製造成本。 The upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be made of plastic, for example. In addition, the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be reduced in thickness (for example, 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less). Thereby, the weight of the display module 6000 can be made extremely light. In addition, since the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be formed using less material, manufacturing costs can be reduced.

顯示面板6006隔著框架6009以與印刷電路板6010及電池6011重疊的方式設置。顯示面板6006及框架6009被導光部6017a、導光部6017b固定。 The display panel 6006 is provided so as to overlap the printed circuit board 6010 and the battery 6011 via a frame 6009. The display panel 6006 and the frame 6009 are fixed by a light guide portion 6017a and a light guide portion 6017b.

從發光部6015發射的光6018藉由導光部6017a經過顯示面板6006的上部,且藉由導光部6017b到達受光部6016。例如,藉由光6018被手指或觸控筆等檢測物件遮蔽,可以檢測觸摸操作。 The light 6018 emitted from the light emitting portion 6015 passes through the upper portion of the display panel 6006 through the light guiding portion 6017a, and reaches the light receiving portion 6016 through the light guiding portion 6017b. For example, the touch operation can be detected by the light 6018 being blocked by a detection object such as a finger or a stylus.

例如,多個發光部6015沿著顯示面板6006的彼此相鄰的兩個邊設置。多個受光部6016配置在隔著 顯示面板6006與發光部6015對置的位置。由此,可以取得觸摸操作的位置的資料。 For example, the plurality of light emitting portions 6015 are provided along two sides of the display panel 6006 adjacent to each other. A plurality of light receiving units 6016 are arranged across The display panel 6006 faces the light emitting portion 6015. As a result, data on the position of the touch operation can be obtained.

發光部6015例如可以使用LED元件等光源。尤其是,作為發光部6015使用發射使用者看不到且對使用者來說沒有害處的紅外線的光源。 As the light emitting unit 6015, for example, a light source such as an LED element can be used. In particular, as the light emitting unit 6015, a light source that emits infrared rays that are invisible to the user and not harmful to the user is used.

作為受光部6016可以使用接收從發光部6015發射的光,將該光轉換為電信號的光電元件。較佳為使用能夠接收紅外線的光電二極體。 As the light receiving unit 6016, a photoelectric element that receives light emitted from the light emitting unit 6015 and converts the light into an electric signal can be used. It is preferable to use a photodiode capable of receiving infrared rays.

作為導光部6017a、導光部6017b可以使用至少透過光6018的材料。藉由使用導光部6017a及導光部6017b,可以將發光部6015及受光部6016配置在顯示面板6006的下側,由此可以抑制因外光到達受光部6016而導致觸控感測器誤工作。尤其是,較佳為使用吸收可見光且透過紅外線的樹脂。由此,可以更有效地抑制觸控感測器的誤工作。 As the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, a material that transmits at least light 6018 can be used. By using the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, the light emitting portion 6015 and the light receiving portion 6016 can be arranged below the display panel 6006, and thus the touch sensor error caused by the external light reaching the light receiving portion 6016 can be suppressed. jobs. In particular, it is preferable to use a resin that absorbs visible light and transmits infrared rays. Thereby, it is possible to more effectively suppress malfunction of the touch sensor.

注意,本實施方式可以與本說明書所示的其他實施方式適當地組合。 Note that this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with other embodiment modes shown in this specification.

例如,在本說明書等中,當明確地記載為“X與Y連接”時,在本說明書等中公開了如下情況:X與Y電連接的情況;X與Y在功能上連接的情況;以及X與Y直接連接的情況。因此,不侷限於圖式或文中所示的連接關係等規定的連接關係,圖式或文中所示的連接關係以外的連接關係也包括在圖式或文中的記載範圍中。 For example, in this specification and the like, when it is explicitly described as "X and Y connected", the following cases are disclosed in this specification and the like: a case where X and Y are electrically connected; a case where X and Y are functionally connected; and When X and Y are directly connected. Therefore, it is not limited to a predetermined connection relationship such as the connection relationship shown in the drawing or the text, and connection relationships other than the connection relationship shown in the drawing or the text are also included in the description range of the drawing or the text.

在此,X和Y為物件(例如,裝置、元件、 電路、佈線、電極、端子、導電膜、層等)。 Here, X and Y are objects (e.g., devices, components, Circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, conductive films, layers, etc.).

作為X與Y直接連接的情況的一個例子,可以舉出在X與Y之間沒有連接能夠電連接X與Y的元件(例如開關、電晶體、電容器、電感器、電阻器、二極體、顯示元件、發光元件和負載等),並且X與Y沒有藉由能夠電連接X與Y的元件(例如開關、電晶體、電容器、電感器、電阻器、二極體、顯示元件、發光元件和負載等)連接的情況。 As an example of a case where X and Y are directly connected, there is an element (such as a switch, transistor, capacitor, inductor, resistor, diode, Display elements, light-emitting elements, loads, etc.), and X and Y are not electrically connected to X and Y by elements (such as switches, transistors, capacitors, inductors, resistors, diodes, display elements, light-emitting elements, and Load, etc.).

作為X和Y電連接的情況的一個例子,可以在X和Y之間連接一個以上的能夠電連接X和Y的元件(例如開關、電晶體、電容器、電感器、電阻器、二極體、顯示元件、發光元件、負載等)。此外,開關具有控制導通或關閉的功能。換言之,開關具有其成為導通狀態(開啟狀態)或非導通狀態(關閉狀態)而控制是否使電流流過的功能。或者,開關具有選擇並切換電流路徑的功能。另外,X和Y電連接的情況包括X與Y直接連接的情況。 As an example of the case where X and Y are electrically connected, more than one element (such as a switch, transistor, capacitor, inductor, resistor, diode, etc.) capable of electrically connecting X and Y may be connected between X and Y. Display element, light emitting element, load, etc.). In addition, the switch has a function of controlling on or off. In other words, the switch has a function of controlling whether or not to allow a current to flow in a conductive state (on state) or a non-conductive state (off state). Alternatively, the switch has a function of selecting and switching a current path. The case where X and Y are electrically connected includes the case where X and Y are directly connected.

作為X和Y在功能上連接的情況的一個例子,可以在X和Y之間連接一個以上的能夠在功能上連接X和Y的電路(例如,邏輯電路(反相器、NAND電路、NOR電路等)、信號轉換電路(DA轉換電路、AD轉換電路、γ(伽瑪)校正電路等)、電位位準轉換電路(電源電路(升壓電路、降壓電路等)、改變信號的電位位準的位準轉移器電路等)、電壓源、電流源、切換電 路、放大電路(能夠增大信號振幅或電流量等的電路、運算放大器、差動放大電路、源極隨耦電路、緩衝器電路等)、信號產生電路、記憶體電路、控制電路等)。注意,例如,即使在X與Y之間夾有其他電路,當從X輸出的信號傳送到Y時,就可以說X與Y在功能上是連接著的。另外,X與Y在功能上連接的情況包括X與Y直接連接的情況及X與Y電連接的情況。 As an example of a case where X and Y are functionally connected, more than one circuit capable of functionally connecting X and Y (for example, a logic circuit (inverter, NAND circuit, NOR circuit) may be connected between X and Y. Etc.), signal conversion circuit (DA conversion circuit, AD conversion circuit, γ (gamma) correction circuit, etc.), potential level conversion circuit (power supply circuit (boost circuit, step-down circuit, etc.), change the potential level of the signal Level shifter circuit, etc.), voltage source, current source, switching power Circuits, amplifier circuits (circuits capable of increasing signal amplitude or current amount, operational amplifiers, differential amplifier circuits, source follower circuits, buffer circuits, etc.), signal generation circuits, memory circuits, control circuits, etc.). Note that, for example, even if other circuits are sandwiched between X and Y, when a signal output from X is transmitted to Y, it can be said that X and Y are functionally connected. In addition, the case where X and Y are functionally connected includes the case where X and Y are directly connected and the case where X and Y are electrically connected.

此外,當明確地記載為“X與Y電連接”時,在本說明書等中公開了如下情況:X與Y電連接的情況(換言之,以中間夾有其他元件或其他電路的方式連接X與Y的情況);X與Y在功能上連接的情況(換言之,以中間夾有其他電路的方式在功能上連接X與Y的情況);以及X與Y直接連接的情況(換言之,以中間不夾有其他元件或其他電路的方式連接X與Y的情況)。換言之,當明確記載為“電連接”時,在本說明書等中公開了與只明確記載為“連接”的情況相同的內容。 In addition, when explicitly described as "electrically connected to X and Y", the following cases are disclosed in this specification and the like: a case where X and Y are electrically connected (in other words, X and Y are connected with other components or other circuits interposed therebetween). The case of Y); the case where X and Y are functionally connected (in other words, the case where X and Y are functionally connected by sandwiching other circuits in the middle); and the case where X and Y are directly connected (in other words, the middle is not When X and Y are connected by sandwiching other components or other circuits). In other words, when it is explicitly described as "electrically connected", the same content as in the case where it is explicitly described only as "connected" is disclosed in this specification and the like.

注意,例如,在電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)藉由Z1(或沒有藉由Z1)與X電連接,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)藉由Z2(或沒有藉由Z2)與Y電連接的情況下以及在電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)與Z1的一部分直接連接,Z1的另一部分與X直接連接,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)與Z2的一部分直接連接,Z2的另一部分與Y直接連接的情況下,可以表示為如下。 Note that, for example, the source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.) is electrically connected to X through Z1 (or without Z1), and the drain of the transistor (or the second terminal, etc.) through Z2 (or without When Z2) is electrically connected to Y and the source (or the first terminal, etc.) of the transistor is directly connected to a part of Z1, the other part of Z1 is directly connected to X, and the drain of the transistor (or the second When a terminal is directly connected to a part of Z2 and another part of Z2 is directly connected to Y, it can be expressed as follows.

例如,可以表示為“X、Y、電晶體的源極(或 第一端子等)及電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)互相電連接,並按X、電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)、電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)及Y的順序電連接”。或者,可以表示為“電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)與X電連接,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)與Y電連接,X、電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)、電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)與Y依次電連接”。或者,可以表示為“X藉由電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)及汲極(或第二端子等)與Y電連接,X、電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)、電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)、Y依次設置為相互連接”。藉由使用與這種例子相同的顯示方法規定電路結構中的連接順序,可以區別電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)與汲極(或第二端子等)而決定技術範圍。 For example, it can be expressed as "X, Y, source of transistor (or The first terminal, etc.) and the drain of the transistor (or the second terminal, etc.) are electrically connected to each other, and the source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.), the drain of the transistor (or the second terminal, etc.) are electrically connected to each other. ) And Y are electrically connected. "Or, it can be expressed as" the source (or first terminal, etc.) of the transistor is electrically connected to X, the drain (or second terminal, etc.) of the transistor is electrically connected to Y, X , The source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.), the drain of the transistor (or the second terminal, etc.) and Y are electrically connected in sequence. "Or, it can be expressed as" X through the source of the transistor (or the first One terminal, etc.) and the drain (or second terminal, etc.) are electrically connected to Y, X, the source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.), the drain of the transistor (or the second terminal, etc.), and Y are set in this order It is connected to each other. "By using the same display method as this example to specify the connection order in the circuit structure, the source (or first terminal, etc.) and drain (or second terminal, etc.) of the transistor can be distinguished and determined Technical scope.

另外,作為其他顯示方法,例如可以表示為“電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)至少藉由第一連接路徑與X電連接,上述第一連接路徑不具有第二連接路徑,上述第二連接路徑是電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)與電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)之間的路徑,上述第一連接路徑是藉由Z1的路徑,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)至少藉由第三連接路徑與Y電連接,上述第三連接路徑不具有上述第二連接路徑,上述第三連接路徑是藉由Z2的路徑”。或者,也可以表示為“電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)至少在第一連接路徑上藉由Z1與X電連接,上述第一連接路徑不具有第二連接路徑,上述第二連接路徑具有 藉由電晶體的連接路徑,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)至少在第三連接路徑上藉由Z2與Y電連接,上述第三連接路徑不具有上述第二連接路徑”。或者,也可以表示為“電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)至少經過第一電路徑,藉由Z1與X電連接,上述第一電路徑不具有第二電路徑,上述第二電路徑是從電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)到電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)的電路徑,電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)至少經過第三電路徑,藉由Z2與Y電連接,上述第三電路徑不具有第四電路徑,上述第四電路徑是從電晶體的汲極(或第二端子等)到電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)的電路徑”。藉由使用與這些例子同樣的表述方法規定電路結構中的連接路徑,可以區別電晶體的源極(或第一端子等)和汲極(或第二端子等)來確定技術範圍。 In addition, as another display method, for example, it can be expressed as "the source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.) is electrically connected to X through at least a first connection path, said first connection path does not have a second connection path, and said first The two connection paths are the path between the source (or the first terminal, etc.) of the transistor and the drain (or the second terminal, etc.) of the transistor. The first connection path is the path of Z1, the drain of the transistor The pole (or the second terminal, etc.) is electrically connected to Y through at least a third connection path. The third connection path does not have the second connection path, and the third connection path is a path through Z2. Alternatively, it can also be expressed as "the source of the transistor (or the first terminal, etc.) is electrically connected to X through Z1 at least on the first connection path, said first connection path does not have a second connection path, and said second connection Path has With the transistor's connection path, the transistor's drain (or the second terminal, etc.) is electrically connected to Y through Z2 at least on the third connection path, and the third connection path does not have the second connection path. " It can also be expressed as "the source (or the first terminal, etc.) of the transistor passes through at least the first electrical path and is electrically connected to X through Z1, said first electrical path does not have a second electrical path, and said second electrical path Is the electrical path from the source (or first terminal, etc.) of the transistor to the drain (or second terminal, etc.) of the transistor, and the drain (or second terminal, etc.) of the transistor passes at least the third electrical path, By Z2 and Y being electrically connected, the third electrical path does not have a fourth electrical path. The fourth electrical path is from the drain (or the second terminal, etc.) of the transistor to the source (or the first terminal) of the transistor. Etc.). By specifying the connection path in the circuit structure using the same expressions as these examples, the source (or first terminal, etc.) and drain (or second terminal, etc.) of the transistor can be distinguished to Determine the technical scope.

注意,這種顯示方法是一個例子,不侷限於上述顯示方法。在此,X、Y、Z1及Z2為物件(例如,裝置、元件、電路、佈線、電極、端子、導電膜及層等)。 Note that this display method is an example and is not limited to the display method described above. Here, X, Y, Z1, and Z2 are objects (for example, devices, components, circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, conductive films, layers, etc.).

另外,即使在電路圖上獨立的組件彼此電連接,也有時一個組件兼有多個組件的功能。例如,在佈線的一部分用作電極時,一個導電膜兼有佈線和電極的兩個組件的功能。因此,本說明書中的“電連接”的範疇內還包括這種一個導電膜兼有多個組件的功能的情況。 In addition, even if independent components are electrically connected to each other on a circuit diagram, one component may function as a plurality of components. For example, when a part of the wiring is used as an electrode, one conductive film has the functions of both components of the wiring and the electrode. Therefore, the category of "electrical connection" in this specification also includes a case where such a conductive film has functions of a plurality of components.

550(i,j)‧‧‧顯示元件 550 (i, j) ‧‧‧display element

560‧‧‧光學元件 560‧‧‧optical element

560A‧‧‧區域 560A‧‧‧area

560B‧‧‧區域 560B‧‧‧area

560C‧‧‧區域 560C‧‧‧Area

565‧‧‧覆蓋膜 565‧‧‧ cover film

702(i,j)‧‧‧像素 702 (i, j) ‧‧‧pixels

750(i,j)‧‧‧顯示元件 750 (i, j) ‧‧‧display element

751B‧‧‧反射膜 751B‧‧‧Reflective film

751H‧‧‧區域 751H‧‧‧area

Y1-Y2‧‧‧切斷線 Y1-Y2‧‧‧cut line

θ‧‧‧傾斜度 θ‧‧‧ tilt

Z‧‧‧光軸 Z‧‧‧ Optical axis

Claims (15)

一種包括像素的顯示面板,其中,該像素包括光學元件、覆蓋膜、第一顯示元件及第二顯示元件,該光學元件具有透光性,該光學元件包括第一區域、第二區域及第三區域,該第一區域包括被供應可見光的區域,該第二區域包括與該覆蓋膜接觸的區域,該第三區域具有射出該可見光的一部分的功能,該第三區域具有該第一區域的被供應該可見光的區域的面積以下的面積,該覆蓋膜對該可見光具有反射性,該覆蓋膜具有反射該可見光的一部分而將其供應到該第三區域的功能,該第一顯示元件包括反射膜,該第一顯示元件具有控制該反射膜所反射的光的功能,該反射膜具有不遮斷該光學元件的第三區域所射出的光的形狀,並且,該第二顯示元件具有供應該可見光的功能。 A display panel including a pixel, wherein the pixel includes an optical element, a cover film, a first display element, and a second display element. The optical element is light-transmissive. The optical element includes a first region, a second region, and a third region. Region, the first region includes a region to which visible light is supplied, the second region includes a region in contact with the cover film, the third region has a function of emitting a part of the visible light, and the third region has a mask of the first region The cover film has an area smaller than the area of the area where the visible light is supplied. The cover film is reflective to the visible light. The cover film has a function of reflecting a part of the visible light and supplying it to the third area. The first display element includes a reflective film. The first display element has a function of controlling light reflected by the reflective film, the reflective film has a shape that does not block light emitted from a third region of the optical element, and the second display element has a function of supplying the visible light. Functions. 根據申請專利範圍第1項之顯示面板,其中該光學元件包括光軸,該光軸穿過該第一區域的被供應該可見光的區域的中心及該第三區域的中心, 並且該第二區域包括對與該光軸正交的平面具有45°以上的傾斜度的傾斜部。 The display panel according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the optical element includes an optical axis that passes through a center of the first region to which the visible light is supplied and a center of the third region, The second region includes an inclined portion having an inclination of 45 ° or more with respect to a plane orthogonal to the optical axis. 根據申請專利範圍第1或2項之顯示面板,其中該第二區域將該傾斜部包括在離該第一區域的被供應該可見光的區域的端部有0.05μm以上且0.2μm以下的範圍內。 The display panel according to item 1 or 2 of the patent application range, wherein the second region includes the inclined portion in a range of 0.05 μm or more and 0.2 μm or less from an end of the region to which the visible light is supplied in the first region . 根據申請專利範圍第1至3中任一項之顯示面板,其中該第一區域的被供應該可見光的區域具有大於該像素的面積的10%的面積,該第三區域具有該像素的面積的10%以下的面積,該反射膜具有該像素的面積的70%以上的面積,並且該第一區域的被供應該可見光的區域的面積與該反射膜的面積之和大於該像素的面積。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein an area of the first area to which the visible light is supplied has an area larger than 10% of an area of the pixel, and the third area has an area of the pixel An area of 10% or less, the reflective film has an area of more than 70% of the area of the pixel, and the sum of the area of the first region to which the visible light is supplied and the area of the reflective film is greater than the area of the pixel. 根據申請專利範圍第1至4中任一項之顯示面板,其中該第二區域包含透光材料,該透光材料具有1.3以上且2.5以下的折射率,該覆蓋膜包括透光膜,該透光膜包括與該第二區域接觸的區域,並且該透光膜具有低於該第二區域的折射率。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the second region includes a light-transmitting material, the light-transmitting material has a refractive index of 1.3 or more and 2.5 or less, and the cover film includes a light-transmitting film. The light film includes a region in contact with the second region, and the light transmitting film has a refractive index lower than the second region. 根據申請專利範圍第1至5中任一項之顯示面板,其中該覆蓋膜包括金屬膜。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the cover film includes a metal film. 根據申請專利範圍第1至6中任一項之顯示面板,其中該第一區域具有向該第三區域彎曲的形狀。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first region has a shape curved toward the third region. 根據申請專利範圍第1至6中任一項之顯示面板,其中該第一區域具有向離該第三區域遠的方向彎曲的形 狀。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first region has a shape bent in a direction far from the third region. shape. 根據申請專利範圍第1至7中任一項之顯示面板,還包括透鏡,其中該透鏡包括夾在該光學元件與該第二顯示元件之間的區域,該透鏡包含具有1.5以上且2.5以下的折射率的材料,並且該透鏡為凸透鏡。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a lens, wherein the lens includes a region sandwiched between the optical element and the second display element, and the lens includes a lens having 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less. Refractive index material, and the lens is a convex lens. 根據申請專利範圍第1至9中任一項之顯示面板,其中該像素包括:第一導電膜;第二導電膜;絕緣膜;以及像素電路,該絕緣膜包括夾在該第一導電膜與該第二導電膜之間的區域,該絕緣膜包括開口部,該第一導電膜與該第一顯示元件電連接,該第二導電膜包括與該第一導電膜重疊的區域,該第二導電膜藉由該開口部與該第一導電膜電連接,該第二導電膜與該像素電路電連接,該第二顯示元件與該像素電路電連接,該第二顯示元件具有向該絕緣膜射出光的功能, 並且該第二顯示元件以在能夠看到使用該第一顯示元件的顯示的範圍的一部分中能夠看到使用該第二顯示元件的顯示的方式設置。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the pixel includes: a first conductive film; a second conductive film; an insulating film; and a pixel circuit, the insulating film including the first conductive film and A region between the second conductive film, the insulating film includes an opening, the first conductive film is electrically connected to the first display element, the second conductive film includes a region overlapping the first conductive film, and the second The conductive film is electrically connected to the first conductive film through the opening, the second conductive film is electrically connected to the pixel circuit, the second display element is electrically connected to the pixel circuit, and the second display element has a direction toward the insulating film. Function of emitting light, And the second display element is provided so that a display using the second display element can be seen in a part of a range in which the display using the first display element can be seen. 根據申請專利範圍第1至10中任一項之顯示面板,還包括顯示區域,其中顯示區域包括一組多個像素、另一組多個像素、掃描線及信號線,該一組多個像素包括該像素,該一組多個像素配置在行方向上,該另一組多個像素包括該像素,該另一組多個像素配置在與行方向交叉的列方向上,該掃描線與一組多個像素電連接,並且該信號線與另一組多個像素電連接。 The display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 10, further comprising a display area, wherein the display area includes a group of multiple pixels, another group of multiple pixels, scan lines and signal lines, the group of multiple pixels Including the pixel, the group of multiple pixels is arranged in a row direction, the other group of multiple pixels is arranged in the row direction, the other group of multiple pixels is arranged in a column direction crossing the row direction, and the scanning line is The plurality of pixels are electrically connected, and the signal line is electrically connected to another group of the plurality of pixels. 一種顯示裝置,包括:申請專利範圍第1至11中任一項之顯示面板;以及控制部,其中,該控制部具有被供應影像資料及控制資料的功能,該控制部具有根據該影像資料生成第一資料或第二資料的功能,該控制部具有供應該第一資料及該第二資料的功能,該顯示面板具有被供應該第一資料及該第二資料的功能,該第一顯示元件具有根據該第一資料進行顯示的功 能,並且,該第二顯示元件具有根據該第二資料進行顯示的功能。 A display device includes: a display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 11; and a control unit, wherein the control unit has a function of being supplied with image data and control data, and the control unit has a function of generating data based on the image data The function of the first data or the second data, the control section has a function of supplying the first data and the second data, the display panel has a function of being supplied with the first data and the second data, and the first display element Has the function of displaying according to the first data Yes, and the second display element has a function of displaying according to the second material. 一種輸入輸出裝置,包括:輸入部;以及顯示部,其中,該顯示部包括申請專利範圍第1至11中任一項之顯示面板,該輸入部包括與該顯示部重疊的區域,該輸入部包括檢測區域,該檢測區域包括檢測元件,並且,該檢測元件具有檢測靠近重疊於該像素的區域的物體的功能。 An input-output device includes: an input section; and a display section, wherein the display section includes a display panel according to any one of claims 1 to 11, and the input section includes an area overlapping the display section, and the input section A detection region is included, the detection region includes a detection element, and the detection element has a function of detecting an object close to a region overlapping the pixel. 根據申請專利範圍第13項之輸入輸出裝置,其中該檢測區域包括控制線及檢測信號線,該控制線具有供應控制信號的功能,該檢測信號線具有被供應檢測信號的功能,該檢測元件與該控制線及該檢測信號線電連接,該檢測元件具有供應根據與靠近重疊於該像素的區域的物體之間的距離及該控制信號變化的該檢測信號的功能,該檢測元件包括第一電極和第二電極,該第一電極在重疊於該像素的區域中包括具有透光性的區域, 該第一電極與該控制線電連接,該第二電極在重疊於該像素的區域中包括具有透光性的區域,該第二電極與該檢測信號線電連接,並且該第二電極以在與第一電極之間形成電場的方式配置,該電場的一部分被靠近重疊於該像素的區域的物體遮蔽。 The input-output device according to item 13 of the patent application scope, wherein the detection area includes a control line and a detection signal line, the control line has a function of supplying a control signal, the detection signal line has a function of being supplied with a detection signal, and the detection element and The control line and the detection signal line are electrically connected. The detection element has a function of supplying the detection signal that changes according to a distance from an object close to an area overlapping the pixel and the control signal. The detection element includes a first electrode. And a second electrode, the first electrode including a region having light transmittance in a region overlapping the pixel, The first electrode is electrically connected to the control line, the second electrode includes a light-transmitting area in an area overlapping the pixel, the second electrode is electrically connected to the detection signal line, and the second electrode is connected to the It is arranged in such a manner as to form an electric field with the first electrode, and a part of the electric field is blocked by an object close to a region overlapping the pixel. 一種資料處理裝置,包括:鍵盤、硬體按鈕、指向裝置、觸控感測器、照度感測器、攝像裝置、聲音輸入裝置、視點輸入裝置、姿態檢測裝置中的一個以上;以及申請專利範圍第1至11中任一項之顯示面板。 A data processing device includes one or more of a keyboard, a hardware button, a pointing device, a touch sensor, an illuminance sensor, a camera device, a sound input device, a viewpoint input device, and a posture detection device; and the scope of patent applications The display panel of any one of items 1 to 11.
TW105138109A 2016-09-06 2016-11-21 Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device TW201809815A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016173284 2016-09-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201809815A true TW201809815A (en) 2018-03-16

Family

ID=61561872

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105138109A TW201809815A (en) 2016-09-06 2016-11-21 Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201809815A (en)
WO (1) WO2018047020A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114675445B (en) * 2020-12-25 2023-11-21 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Display device and application method thereof

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3898012B2 (en) * 2001-09-06 2007-03-28 シャープ株式会社 Display device
KR20060134538A (en) * 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 삼성전자주식회사 Substrate assembly and display device having the same
US8830424B2 (en) * 2010-02-19 2014-09-09 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device having light-condensing means
US20160042696A1 (en) * 2014-08-08 2016-02-11 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Display panel, data processing device, program
JP2016090783A (en) * 2014-11-04 2016-05-23 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Display panel, method of making display panel, and information processing device
WO2017051289A1 (en) * 2015-09-22 2017-03-30 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Display panel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018047020A1 (en) 2018-03-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI752014B (en) Display panel, input/output panel, and data processing device
US20180095559A1 (en) Display Panel, Display Device, Input/Output Device, and Data Processing Device
KR20220106088A (en) Electronic device, image display method, program, and display system
KR102365490B1 (en) Input/output panel, input/output device, and semiconductor device
JP6948841B2 (en) Information processing device and its display method
JP7249458B2 (en) display panel
TW201742437A (en) Display device, input/output device, data processing device, and display method
TWI726006B (en) Display device, input and output device, data processing device
JP2018059997A (en) Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device
JP6910832B2 (en) Display device, input / output device, information processing device
TW201810241A (en) Display device and electronic device featuring good display quality and low power consumption and having liquid crystal element containing reflective electrodes
JP7055592B2 (en) Display panel, display device, input / output device, information processing device
TW201809815A (en) Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device
JP6915977B2 (en) Display panel, display device, input / output device, information processing device
JP2017227829A (en) Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device
JP2018004927A (en) Display device, input/output device, information processing device, and display method
JP2018072751A (en) Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device
WO2018185588A1 (en) Display device and driving method for display device
WO2017037583A1 (en) Display device
JP2018097025A (en) Display panel, display device, input/output device, and information processing device
JP2017219898A (en) Display device, input/output device, information processing device, and display method